Service Training

Tandem rollers
BW 170/174 AD

Part-No. 008 098 20 11/2002

Service Training
Foreword
Reliable construction equipment is of greatest advantage for all parties involved:

• for the customer/user it is a basis for an exact calculation of utilization periods and the completion of
projects as scheduled.

• in the rental business it means that the equipment can be reliably used and planned without having
to stock a large number of stand-by machines.

• for the manufacturer it means that customers are satisfied, provides him with a good image and gives
him a feeling of confidence.

It is BOMAG’s philosophy to design and produce the machines with highest possible reliability. This
aspect of simple and easy maintenance was one of the key issues when developing and designing the
machine:

• the location of components in the machine eases maintenance work,

• the high quality standard of BOMAG is the basis for the considerable extension of the service and
maintenance intervals.

• the After Sales Service of BOMAG, including excellent operating and maintenance instruction
manuals, high quality training courses and on-site machine demonstrations helps the customer to
maintain their machines in good condition over a long period of time.

Permanent training of BOMAG’s own service personnel as well as the service personnel of BOMAG
Profit Centres and dealers is therefore a general prerequisite for BOMAG’s excellent world-wide service.

This program of permanent training is only possible with appropriate and up-to-date training material for
trainers as well as persons attending the training courses.

This training manual has not only been written as a support for the professional work of the trainer, but
also for the trainees attending these training courses.

The different levels of product training demand, that the training performed by BOMAG, its Profit Centres
or its dealers reflects the high quality of the training conducted at the Training Centre at BOMAG in
Boppard. For this reason we invested a lot of time in the preparation of these materials .

The structure of this training manual enables us to change or up-date individual chapters in case of
alterations to the machine.

BW 170/174 AD/AC -A1-

Service Training
Documentation
For the BOMAG machines described in this Service Training book the following documents are
additionally available:

Attention!

Please draw the current P/N’s of the documents according to the serial number of the machine
from the Doclist respectively Central Service page iin the BOMAG-Intranet or Extranet (BOMAG
Secured Area).

1. Operating and maintenance instructions

2. Spare parts catalogue
3. Electric circuit diagram*
4. Hydraulic diagram *
5. Repair instructions
6. Service Information
* The at the date of publication current documents are part of this training manual.

BW 170/174 AD/AC -A2-

Service Training
General
The tandem/combination rollers of series BW 170/174 AD/AC are high performance machines for the
extremely difficult use in asphalt compaction and earth work.

The BW 170/174-family consists of the following machines:

• BW 170 AD (2 non-split drums)

• BW 170 AD-AM (2 non split drums, front drum: non split VARIOMATIC II-drum with BOMAG Asphalt
Manager, rear drum: Standard drum)

• BW 174 AD (2 split drums )

• BW 174 AD-AM (2 split drums, front drum: split VARIOMATIC II-drum with BOMAG Asphalt
Manager, rear drum: split drum)

• BW 174 AC (front drum: split drum, rear: rubber tires)

• BW 174 AC-AM ( front drum: split VARIOMATIC II-drum with BOMAG Asphalt Manager, rear: rubber
tires)

The machines of this series are powered by a water cooled Cummins diesel engine of series 4BT 3.3.

Engine driven pumps transfer the output power from the engine via electronically controlled hydrostatic
circuits for travel system and vibration to the drums or wheels (wheels for travel system only). These
hydrostatic drives ensure lowest possible power losses and a high efficiency. Steering function and the
additional options chip spreader (cylinder only), edge cutter and Variomatic control are supplied by gear
pumps which are driven by the auxiliary drive of the diesel engine.

The machines are equipped with pivot steering, i.e. both cross members for the drums pivot around
frame mounted kingpins and are steered by always 2 steering cylinders.

The drive motors for drums/wheels are all fitted with multi-disc brakes. These brakes serve as parking
brakes. When starting the engine and opening the brake valve the brakes are relieved by charge
pressure. When closing the brake valve or when shutting the engine down the brakes are automatically
applied by spring pressure. These parking brakes should not be used as service brake, because the
deceleration effect is extremely high and the braking process may damage the brake discs.

Both drums are equipped with an exciter shaft each (VARIOMATIC II drum with 3 exciter shafts). The
exciter shafts are driven by hydraulic motors via Bowex couplings. Vibration of the drum is caused by
the centrifugal forces generated by the exciter shaft mounted eccentric weights.

Since the machines are designed for operation with two different frequencies and amplitudes, the sense
of rotation of the exciter shaft can be reversed (not on VARIOMATIC II / AM). Changing the sense of

BW 170/174 AD/AC -A3-

Service Training
rotation also changes the position of the change-over weights inside the eccentric weights on the exciter
shafts.

This also changes the centrifugal force and the amplitude. The rotary speed of the exciter shaft is also
different to both directions of rotation. This means, that the vibration frequency will also change.

In combination with the hydraulic vibration drive the change-over weights are arranged in such a way,
that the high amplitude works with low frequency and vice-versa.

The combination of high amplitude and low frequency is particularly suitable for compaction work in
earthwork with high lift heights and for preliminary compaction. For soil compaction the combination of
low amplitude and high frequency should be used for the finishing passes.

BOMAG ASPHALT MANAGER / VARIOMATIC II-System

In order to enhance the versatility of the machine even further, BOMAG developed the intelligent
compaction system VARIOMATIC II, which is now used in the BW 170/174 AM as a further developed
ASPHALT-MANAGER-System. This system adapts the compaction energy provided by the drum to the
existing placement conditions (for details refer to the Service-Training VARIOMATIC II/ ASPHALT-
MANAGER)

Machines with split drums

For compaction work on particularly winding roads we recommend the use of the BW 174 variants with
split drums. On these machine variants the drums are split and joined by means of amply dimensioned
live rings.

The possibility of different rotating speeds of the two drum halves considerably reduces the risk of
scuffing when driving around curves.

Since all drum halves are individually driven, two diagonally arranged travel motors are bored so that
the eccentric shafts are driven through these travel motors. These two travel motors are therefore
hollow and the vibration motors are flanged to the back of these travel motors.

In order to prevent individual drum halves from slipping on an uneven carriageway, the oil supply to the
motors runs through a controlled flow divider. This ensures that each motor receives the required
amount of oil. When driving backwards the flow divider has a summarizing function.

BW 170/174 AD/AC -A4-

Service Training
BW 174 AC

The BW 174 AC is a combination roller, based on the principle of a vibrating tandem roller and a static
rubber tire roller. On this machine the rear drum is replaced by four smooth tires. Due to the use of
rubber tires instead of a drum a better sealing of the carriageway is achieved when compacting road
surface layers.

The individual machine functions like travel system, vibration and steering are described in more detail
in the corresponding chapters. Optional equipment like Speed Control, Omegameter etc. are not
included in this training manual.

BW 170/174 AD/AC -A5-

BOMAG Central Service Seite 1 von 2

BOMAG Central Service - Technical data and adjustment values

Status: 2002-02-26

Product type: BW 170 AD

Type No.: 870 02
Serial numbers from: 101 870 02 1001

Engine:
Manufacturer: Cummins
Type: 4B 3.3C
Combustion principle: 4-stroke-Diesel
Cooling: Water
Number of cylinders: 4
Power acc. to ISO 9249: 58 kW
Power data at nominal speed of: 2600 1/min
Low idle speed: 900+/-100 1/min
High idle speed: 2775+/-75 1/min
Spec. fuel consumption: 229 g/kWh
Valve clearance, inlet: 0,35 mm
Valve clearance, outlet: 0,5 mm
Opening pressure, injection valves: 196 bar
Starter voltage: 12 V
Starter power: 2,2 kW

Travel pump:
Manufacturer: Hydromatik
Type: A4VG 56 EP
System: Axial piston-swash plate
Max. displacement: 56 cm3/U
Max. flow ratio: 155,4 l/min
High pressure limitation: 445+/-5 bar
Pressure override: 400+/-10 bar
Charge pressure, high idle: 26+/-1 bar

Drum drive:
Manufacturer: Poclain
Type: MSE 11
Number: 2
System: Radial piston
Displacement stage 1: 1536 cm3/U
Perm. leak oil quantity: 1,5 l/min

Vibration pump:
Manufacturer: Hydromatik
Type: A10VG 45 EZ
System: Axial piston-swash plate
Max. displacement: 45 cm3/U
Starting pressure: 380+/-20 bar
Operating pressure, soil dependent: ca.100 bar

Vibration motor:
Manufacturer: Hydromatik

http://bo_web/ext_resource/tk_tech/english/search_components_result.asp 26.02.02
BOMAG Central Service Seite 2 von 2

Manufacturer: Hydromatik
Type: A4FM 22
Number: 2
System: Axial piston-swash plate
Displacement: 22 cm3/U
Frequency: 35/45 Hz
Amplitude: 0,72/0,39 mm

Steering and charge pump:

Manufacturer: Commercial
Type: 1PX100
System: Tandem-/Gear pump
Displacement: 2 x 10 cm3/U
Max. steering pressure: 200 +/-10 bar

Steering valve:
Manufacturer: Bucher
Type: L.8S
System: Electr.-Proportional-Valve

Filling capacities:
Engine coolant: 14 l (50% Water, 50% Anti-freeze agent on
Ethane-diol-basis)
Engine oil: 8 l (SAE 15W-40, API SJ/CF)
Hydraulic oil: 60 l (HVLP 46 VI 150)
Vibration bearing housing: fettgeschmiert l (lithium soaped high pressure
grease)
AC refrigerant: 1700 g (R 134a)
Compressor oil (filling the system): 100 ml (PAG Öl)

http://bo_web/ext_resource/tk_tech/english/search_components_result.asp 26.02.02
BOMAG Central Service Seite 1 von 3

BOMAG Central Service - Technical data and adjustment values

Status: 2002-02-26

Product type: BW 170 AD BVM 2 / BAM

Type No.: 870 11
Serial numbers from: 101 870 11 1003

Engine:
Manufacturer: Cummins
Type: 4B 3.3C
Combustion principle: 4-stroke-Diesel
Cooling: Water
Number of cylinders: 4
Power acc. to ISO 9249: 58 kW
Power data at nominal speed of: 2600 1/min
Low idle speed: 900+/-100 1/min
High idle speed: 2775+/-75 1/min
Spec. fuel consumption: 229 g/kWh
Valve clearance, inlet: 0,35 mm
Valve clearance, outlet: 0,5 mm
Opening pressure, injection valves: 196 bar
Starter voltage: 12 V
Starter power: 2,2 kW

Travel pump:
Manufacturer: Hydromatik
Type: A4VG 56 EP
System: Axial piston-swash plate
Max. displacement: 56 cm3/U
Max. flow ratio: 155,4 l/min
High pressure limitation: 445+/-5 bar
Pressure override: 400+/-10 bar
Charge pressure, high idle: 26+/-1 bar

Drum drive:
Manufacturer: Poclain
Type: MSE 11
Number: 1
System: Radial piston
Displacement stage 1: 1536 cm3/U
Perm. leak oil quantity: 1,5 l/min

Drum drive, VARIOMATIC:

Manufacturer: Poclain
Type: MK 08
Number: 2
System: Radial piston
Displacement stage 1: 750 cm3/U
Perm. leak oil quantity: 1,5 l/min

Vibration pump:
Manufacturer: Hydromatik

http://bo_web/ext_resource/tk_tech/english/search_components_result.asp 26.02.02
BOMAG Central Service Seite 2 von 3

Manufacturer: Hydromatik
Type: A10VG 45 EZ
System: Axial piston-swash plate
Max. displacement: 45 cm3/U
Starting pressure: 380+/-20 bar
Operating pressure, soil dependent: ca.100 bar

Vibration motor:
Manufacturer: Hydromatik
Type: A4FM 28
Number: 1
System: Axial piston-swash plate
Displacement: 28 cm3/U
Frequency: 46 Hz
Amplitude: 0,23 mm

Vibration motor, VARIOMATIC:

Manufacturer: Hydromatik
Type: A4FM 28
System: Axial piston-swash plate
Displacement: 28 cm3/U
Frequency: 46 Hz
Amplitude: 0,84 mm

Additional pump, VARIOMATIC / plate lifting facility:

Manufacturer: Commercial
Type: 1PX100
System: Gear pump
Displacement: 3 cm3/U
Max. pressure: 30

Steering and charge pump:

Manufacturer: Commercial
Type: 1PX100
System: Tandem-/Gear pump
Displacement: 2 x 10 cm3/U
Max. steering pressure: 200 +/-10 bar

Steering valve:
Manufacturer: Bucher
Type: L.8S
System: Electr.-Proportional-Valve

Swashing motor, VARIO:

Manufacturer: Pleiger
Type: STF04-000-013
System: piston-gear rack

Filling capacities:
Engine coolant: 14 l (50% Water, 50% Anti-freeze agent on
Ethane-diol-basis)
Engine oil: 8 l (SAE 15W-40, API SJ/CF)
Hydraulic oil: 60 l (HVLP 46 VI 150)
Vibration bearing housing: fettgeschmiert / 32 l (lithium soaped high pressure
grease / SAE 15W-40 (VARIOMATIC))

http://bo_web/ext_resource/tk_tech/english/search_components_result.asp 26.02.02
BOMAG Central Service Seite 3 von 3

g ( ))
Drum filling VARIO: 30 l (50% Water, 50% Anti-freeze agent on
Ethane-diol-basis)
AC refrigerant: 1700 g (R 134a)
Compressor oil (filling the system): 100 ml (PAG Öl)

http://bo_web/ext_resource/tk_tech/english/search_components_result.asp 26.02.02
BOMAG Central Service Seite 1 von 2

BOMAG Central Service - Technical data and adjustment values

Status: 2002-02-26

Product type: BW 174 AC

Type No.: 870 41
Serial numbers from: 101 870 41 1001

Engine:
Manufacturer: Cummins
Type: 4B 3.3C
Combustion principle: 4-stroke-Diesel
Cooling: Water
Number of cylinders: 4
Power acc. to ISO 9249: 58 kW
Power data at nominal speed of: 2600 1/min
Low idle speed: 900+/-100 1/min
High idle speed: 2775+/-75 1/min
Spec. fuel consumption: 229 g/kWh
Valve clearance, inlet: 0,35 mm
Valve clearance, outlet: 0,5 mm
Opening pressure, injection valves: 196 bar
Starter voltage: 12 V
Starter power: 2,2 kW

Travel pump:
Manufacturer: Hydromatik
Type: A4VG 56 EP
System: Axial piston-swash plate
Max. displacement: 56 cm3/U
Max. flow ratio: 155,4 l/min
High pressure limitation: 445+/-5 bar
Pressure override: 400+/-10 bar
Charge pressure, high idle: 26+/-1 bar

Drum drive:
Manufacturer: Poclain
Type: MK08
Number: 2
System: Radial piston
Displacement stage 1: 750 cm3/U
Perm. leak oil quantity: 1,5 l/min

Wheel drive:
Manufacturer: Poclain
Type: MS 08
Number: 2
System: Radial piston
Displacement stage 1: 704 cm3/U
Perm. leak oil quantity: 1,5 l/min

Vibration pump:
Manufacturer: Hydromatik

http://bo_web/ext_resource/tk_tech/english/search_components_result.asp 26.02.02
BOMAG Central Service Seite 2 von 2

Manufacturer: Hydromatik
Type: A10VG 45 EZ
System: Axial piston-swash plate
Max. displacement: 45 cm3/U
Starting pressure: 380+/-20 bar
Operating pressure, soil dependent: ca.100 bar

Vibration motor:
Manufacturer: Hydromatik
Type: A4FM 22
Number: 1
System: Axial piston-swash plate
Displacement: 22 cm3/U
Frequency: 40/50 Hz
Amplitude: 0,44/0,23 mm

Steering and charge pump:

Manufacturer: Commercial
Type: 1PX100
System: Tandem-/Gear pump
Displacement: 2 x 10 cm3/U
Max. steering pressure: 200 +/-10 bar

Steering valve:
Manufacturer: Bucher
Type: L.8S
System: Electr.-Proportional-Valve

Filling capacities:
Engine coolant: 14 l (50% Water, 50% Anti-freeze agent on
Ethane-diol-basis)
Engine oil: 8 l (SAE 15W-40, API SJ/CF)
Hydraulic oil: 60 l (HVLP 46 VI 150)
Vibration bearing housing: fettgeschmiert l (lithium soaped high pressure
grease)
AC refrigerant: 1700 g (R 134a)
Compressor oil (filling the system): 100 ml (PAG Öl)

http://bo_web/ext_resource/tk_tech/english/search_components_result.asp 26.02.02
BOMAG Central Service Seite 1 von 2

BOMAG Central Service - Technical data and adjustment values

Status: 2002-02-26

Product type: BW 174 AC BVM 2 / BAM

Type No.: 870 45
Serial numbers from: 101 870 45 1001

Engine:
Manufacturer: Cummins
Type: 4B 3.3C
Combustion principle: 4-stroke-Diesel
Cooling: Water
Number of cylinders: 4
Power acc. to ISO 9249: 58 kW
Power data at nominal speed of: 2600 1/min
Low idle speed: 900+/-100 1/min
High idle speed: 2775+/-75 1/min
Spec. fuel consumption: 229 g/kWh
Valve clearance, inlet: 0,35 mm
Valve clearance, outlet: 0,5 mm
Opening pressure, injection valves: 196 bar
Starter voltage: 12 V
Starter power: 2,2 kW

Travel pump:
Manufacturer: Hydromatik
Type: A4VG 56 EP
System: Axial piston-swash plate
Max. displacement: 56 cm3/U
Max. flow ratio: 155,4 l/min
High pressure limitation: 445+/-5 bar
Pressure override: 400+/-10 bar
Charge pressure, high idle: 26+/-1 bar

Drum drive, VARIOMATIC:

Manufacturer: Poclain
Type: MK 08
Number: 2
System: Radial piston
Displacement stage 1: 750 cm3/U
Perm. leak oil quantity: 1,5 l/min

Wheel drive:
Manufacturer: Poclain
Type: MS 08
Number: 2
System: Radial piston
Displacement stage 1: 704 cm3/U
Perm. leak oil quantity: 1,5 l/min

Vibration pump:
Manufacturer: Hydromatik

http://bo_web/ext_resource/tk_tech/english/search_components_result.asp 26.02.02
BOMAG Central Service Seite 2 von 2

Manufacturer: Hydromatik
Type: A10VG 45 EZ
System: Axial piston-swash plate
Max. displacement: 45 cm3/U
Starting pressure: 380+/-20 bar
Operating pressure, soil dependent: ca.100 bar

Vibration motor, VARIOMATIC:

Manufacturer: Hydromatik
Type: A4FM 28
System: Axial piston-swash plate
Displacement: 28 cm3/U
Frequency: 46 Hz
Amplitude: 0,84 mm

Additional pump, VARIOMATIC / plate lifting facility:

Manufacturer: Commercial
Type: 1PX100
System: Gear pump
Displacement: 3 cm3/U
Max. pressure: 30

Steering and charge pump:

Manufacturer: Commercial
Type: 1PX100
System: Tandem-/Gear pump
Displacement: 2 x 10 cm3/U
Max. steering pressure: 200 +/-10 bar

Steering valve:
Manufacturer: Bucher
Type: L.8S
System: Electr.-Proportional-Valve

Swashing motor, VARIO:

Manufacturer: Pleiger
Type: STF04-000-013
System: piston-gear rack

Filling capacities:
Engine coolant: 14 l (50% Water, 50% Anti-freeze agent on
Ethane-diol-basis)
Engine oil: 8 l (SAE 15W-40, API SJ/CF)
Hydraulic oil: 60 l (HVLP 46 VI 150)
Vibration bearing housing: 32 l (lithium soaped high pressure grease / SAE
15W-40 (VARIOMATIC))
Drum filling VARIO: 30 l (50% Water, 50% Anti-freeze agent on
Ethane-diol-basis)
AC refrigerant: 1700 g (R 134a)
Compressor oil (filling the system): 100 ml (PAG Öl)

http://bo_web/ext_resource/tk_tech/english/search_components_result.asp 26.02.02
BOMAG Central Service Seite 1 von 2

BOMAG Central Service - Technical data and adjustment values

Status: 2002-02-26

Product type: BW 174 AD

Type No.: 870 31
Serial numbers from: 101 870 31 1001

Engine:
Manufacturer: Cummins
Type: 4B 3.3C
Combustion principle: 4-stroke-Diesel
Cooling: Water
Number of cylinders: 4
Power acc. to ISO 9249: 58 kW
Power data at nominal speed of: 2600 1/min
Low idle speed: 900+/-100 1/min
High idle speed: 2775+/-75 1/min
Spec. fuel consumption: 229 g/kWh
Valve clearance, inlet: 0,35 mm
Valve clearance, outlet: 0,5 mm
Opening pressure, injection valves: 196 bar
Starter voltage: 12 V
Starter power: 2,2 kW

Travel pump:
Manufacturer: Hydromatik
Type: A4VG 56 EP
System: Axial piston-swash plate
Max. displacement: 56 cm3/U
Max. flow ratio: 155,4 l/min
High pressure limitation: 445+/-5 bar
Pressure override: 400+/-10 bar
Charge pressure, high idle: 26+/-1 bar

Drum drive:
Manufacturer: Poclain
Type: MK08
Number: 4
System: Radial piston
Displacement stage 1: 750 cm3/U
Perm. leak oil quantity: 1,5 l/min

Vibration pump:
Manufacturer: Hydromatik
Type: A10VG 45 EZ
System: Axial piston-swash plate
Max. displacement: 45 cm3/U
Starting pressure: 380+/-20 bar
Operating pressure, soil dependent: ca.100 bar

Vibration motor:
Manufacturer: Hydromatik

http://bo_web/ext_resource/tk_tech/english/search_components_result.asp 26.02.02
BOMAG Central Service Seite 2 von 2

Manufacturer: Hydromatik
Type: A4FM 22
Number: 2
System: Axial piston-swash plate
Displacement: 22 cm3/U
Frequency: 40/50 Hz
Amplitude: 0,44/0,23 mm

Steering and charge pump:

Manufacturer: Commercial
Type: 1PX100
System: Tandem-/Gear pump
Displacement: 2 x 10 cm3/U
Max. steering pressure: 200 +/-10 bar

Steering valve:
Manufacturer: Bucher
Type: L.8S
System: Electr.-Proportional-Valve

Filling capacities:
Engine coolant: 14 l (50% Water, 50% Anti-freeze agent on
Ethane-diol-basis)
Engine oil: 8 l (SAE 15W-40, API SJ/CF)
Hydraulic oil: 60 l (HVLP 46 VI 150)
Vibration bearing housing: fettgeschmiert l (lithium soaped high pressure
grease)
AC refrigerant: 1700 g (R 134a)
Compressor oil (filling the system): 100 ml (PAG Öl)

http://bo_web/ext_resource/tk_tech/english/search_components_result.asp 26.02.02
BOMAG Central Service Seite 1 von 3

BOMAG Central Service - Technical data and adjustment values

Status: 2002-02-26

Product type: BW 174 AD BVM 2 / BAM

Type No.: 870 51
Serial numbers from: 101 870 51 1012

Engine:
Manufacturer: Cummins
Type: 4B 3.3C
Combustion principle: 4-stroke-Diesel
Cooling: Water
Number of cylinders: 4
Power acc. to ISO 9249: 58 kW
Power data at nominal speed of: 2600 1/min
Low idle speed: 900+/-100 1/min
High idle speed: 2775+/-75 1/min
Spec. fuel consumption: 229 g/kWh
Valve clearance, inlet: 0,35 mm
Valve clearance, outlet: 0,5 mm
Opening pressure, injection valves: 196 bar
Starter voltage: 12 V
Starter power: 2,2 kW

Travel pump:
Manufacturer: Hydromatik
Type: A4VG 56 EP
System: Axial piston-swash plate
Max. displacement: 56 cm3/U
Max. flow ratio: 155,4 l/min
High pressure limitation: 445+/-5 bar
Pressure override: 400+/-10 bar
Charge pressure, high idle: 26+/-1 bar

Drum drive:
Manufacturer: Poclain
Type: MK08
Number: 2
System: Radial piston
Displacement stage 1: 750 cm3/U
Perm. leak oil quantity: 1,5 l/min

Drum drive, VARIOMATIC:

Manufacturer: Poclain
Type: MK 08
Number: 2
System: Radial piston
Displacement stage 1: 750 cm3/U
Perm. leak oil quantity: 1,5 l/min

Vibration pump:
Manufacturer: Hydromatik

http://bo_web/ext_resource/tk_tech/english/search_components_result.asp 26.02.02
BOMAG Central Service Seite 2 von 3

Manufacturer: Hydromatik
Type: A10VG 45 EZ
System: Axial piston-swash plate
Max. displacement: 45 cm3/U
Starting pressure: 380+/-20 bar
Operating pressure, soil dependent: ca.100 bar

Vibration motor:
Manufacturer: Hydromatik
Type: A4FM 28
Number: 1
System: Axial piston-swash plate
Displacement: 28 cm3/U
Frequency: 46 Hz
Amplitude: 0,23 mm

Vibration motor, VARIOMATIC:

Manufacturer: Hydromatik
Type: A4FM 28
System: Axial piston-swash plate
Displacement: 28 cm3/U
Frequency: 46 Hz
Amplitude: 0,84 mm

Additional pump, VARIOMATIC / plate lifting facility:

Manufacturer: Commercial
Type: 1PX100
System: Gear pump
Displacement: 3 cm3/U
Max. pressure: 30

Steering and charge pump:

Manufacturer: Commercial
Type: 1PX100
System: Tandem-/Gear pump
Displacement: 2 x 10 cm3/U
Max. steering pressure: 200 +/-10 bar

Steering valve:
Manufacturer: Bucher
Type: L.8S
System: Electr.-Proportional-Valve

Swashing motor, VARIO:

Manufacturer: Pleiger
Type: STF04-000-013
System: piston-gear rack

Filling capacities:
Engine coolant: 14 l (50% Water, 50% Anti-freeze agent on
Ethane-diol-basis)
Engine oil: 8 l (SAE 15W-40, API SJ/CF)
Hydraulic oil: 60 l (HVLP 46 VI 150)
Vibration bearing housing: fettgeschmiert / 32 l (lithium soaped high pressure
grease / SAE 15W-40 (VARIOMATIC))

http://bo_web/ext_resource/tk_tech/english/search_components_result.asp 26.02.02
BOMAG Central Service Seite 3 von 3

g ( ))
Drum filling VARIO: 30 l (50% Water, 50% Anti-freeze agent on
Ethane-diol-basis)
AC refrigerant: 1700 g (R 134a)
Compressor oil (filling the system): 100 ml (PAG Öl)

http://bo_web/ext_resource/tk_tech/english/search_components_result.asp 26.02.02
Service Training
Maintenance
The products of series BW 170/174 are high performance machines for the extremely difficult use in
asphalt compaction and earth work. To be able to meet these demands the machines must always be
ready to be loaded up to their limits. Furthermore, all safety installations, protections and guards must
always be in place and fully functional.

Thorough maintenance of the machine is therefore mandatory. This not only guarantees a remarkably
higher functional safety, but also prolongs the lifetime of the machine and of important components.

The time required for thorough maintenance is only minor when being compared with the malfunctions
and faults that may occur if these instructions are not observed.

The maintenance intervals are given in operating hours. It is quite obvious that with each maintenance
interval all the work for shorter preceding intervals must also be performed. During the 2000 hours
interval you must also perform the work described for the service intervals after 50, 250 and 500 hours.

During maintenance work you must only use the fuels and lubricants mentioned in the table of fuels and
lubricants (oils, fuels, grease etc.).

This training manual is handed out together with the presently valid operation and maintenance manual.
For the individual maintenance intervals and the description of the maintenance work involved please
refer to these maintenance instructions.

BW 170/174 AD/AC -C1-

Service Training
Maintenance table

every 1000 oper. hours

every 2000 oper. hours
Running-in inspection

every 250 oper. hours

every 500 oper. hours
every 10 oper. hours

as required
Maintenance work Remark

Check engine oil level (up to 250 h) twice every day

Tighten all bolted connections on air intake, 50 h X
exhaust, oil sump and engine mounts
Tighten the bolted connections on the 50 h X
machine
Change the hydraulic oil filter 50 h X
Check, adjust the valve clearance 250 h X
Check the engine oil level Dipstick mark X X X X X
Check, clean the water separator X X X X X
Check, clean the fuel supply X X X X X
Check the hydraulic oil level Inspection glass X X X X X
Check the coolant level X X X X X
Check the condition of the V-belt X X X X X
Change engine oil and oil filter min. 1x per year X X X X
Clean cooling fins on radiator and hydraulic X X X X
oil cooler
Grease front and rear pivot bearings X X X X
Grease the travel bearings only BW 174 X X X X
Battery service dist. water, pole X X X
grease
Replace the fuel filter cartridges X X X
Check V-belt tension, idler pulley and X X
blower hub
Check the engine mounts X X

BW 170/174 AD/AC -C2-

Service Training

the following op. hours

every 1000 oper. hours

every 2000 oper. hours
every 250 oper. hours
every 500 oper. hours
every 10 oper. hours
First time after

as required
Maintenance work Remark

Check the ROPS X X

Check, adjust the valve clearance I = 0.35 mm X
E = 0.5 mm
Change hydraulic oil and breather filter* min. every 2 years X
Change the hydraulic oil filter* min. every 2 years X
Change the coolant min. every 2 years X
Check, clean, replace the combustion air min. 1x per year, X
filter safety cartridge
every 2 years
Bleed the fuel system X
Clean water tank and water filter X
Check the preheating system, X
maintenance in case of frost
Tightening torques X
Engine conservation X

Note:

When changing filters use only the original filters specified in the operating and maintenance
instructions for this machine. The installation of incorrect filters (e.g. insufficient pressure resistance)
can lead to severe damage on engine or hydraulic components.

The coolant for the water cooled engine must always be mixed with approx. 50% anti-freeze additive
(even under hot environmental conditions) as a preventive measure against corrosion and cavitation.
However, the additive proportion must not exceed 60%, since this would have an adverse effect on the
cooling ability of the coolant.

* Also in case of repairs in the hydraulic system

BW 170/174 AD/AC -C3-

Service Training
Cummins diesel engine
The tandem and combination rollers of series BW 170/174 are powered by a water cooled Cummins
diesel engine of series 4B3.3. This automotive engine is characterized by the following features:

• short and compact design,

• low noise level,

• low vibration running,

• low fuel consumption,

• low exhaust emissions and

• good access to all service points.

The 4B3.3-engine is a turbo charged 4-cylinder 4-stroke inline engine with direct fuel injection.

The combustion method with direct fuel injection enables the use of a less expensive casting for the
cylinder head, highest possible utilization of fuel and minimum heat transfer to the coolant.

This in turn enables the use of smaller, quieter cooling fans and a compact radiator.

Both the crankcase with cylinders as well as the cylinder head of this ebngine are made of a cast iron
alloy. This provides strength and ensures high wear resistance.

The forged steel conrods are fitted with compensation weights near the conrod bearing seats. This
weight compensates manufacturing tolerances with respect to weight and centre of gravity.

The pistons are made of an aluminium alloy. The combustion trough has been specially designed for
efficient combustion. All pistons are fitted with three piston rings and are lubricated by an oil mist.

Each cylinder is fitted with one intake and one exhaust valve. The valve guides are shrunk into the
cylinder head.

The rotary speed is electrically adjusted by means of a magnet. This only allows for operation at low idle
or at working speed, the throttle control is much easier for the operator.

BW 170/174 AD/AC -D1-

Service Training
Air intake side

Fig. 1: Air intake side 4B3.3

1 Intake manifold 2 Starter

3 Injection pump 4 V-belt pulley crankshaft
5 Cooling air blower 6 Fuel filter
7 Oil filler cap 8 Connecting tube from turbo charger

BW 170/174 AD/AC -D2-

Service Training
Exhaust side

Fig. 2: Exhaust side

1 Turbo charger 2 Thermostat housing

3 Generator 4 Return flow from turbo charger
5 Oil filter 6 Exhaust manifold
7 Oil dipstick 8 Oil supply for turbo charger

BW 170/174 AD/AC -D3-

Service Training
Lubrication oil circuit

Fig. 3: Lubrication oil circuit

1 Suction screen 2 Oil pump

3 Oil cooler 4 Pressure relief valve
5 Oil filter 6 Safety valve
7 Crankshaft 8 Camshaft
9 Piston 10 Intake/exhaust valve
11 Rocker arm 12 Timing gears
13 Coolant

BW 170/174 AD/AC -D4-

Service Training
Injection pump

Fig. 4: Injection pump

1 Pump holder A Fuel supply from tank

2 Injection pump drive gear B Return flow to tank
(52 teeth)
3 Drive shaft C Supply from filter to injection pump
4 Housing D to injection nozzle
5 Fuel filter
6-9 Injection lines
10 Leakage line

BW 170/174 AD/AC -D5-

Service Training
Fuel system

Fig. 5: Fuel system

1 Injection pump 2 Overflow valve

3 Fuel shut-off valve 4 injection nozzle
5 Fuel tank 6 Water separator
7 Fuel filter 8 Hand pump

BW 170/174 AD/AC -D6-

Service Training
Cooling system

Fig. 6: Cooling system

1 Radiator 2 Thermostat
3 Temperature warning light 4 Coolant pump
5 Water tank 6 Cylinder head
7 Piston 8 Engine block
9 Oil cooler A Oil from oil pump

BW 170/174 AD/AC -D7-

Service Training
Checking and adjusting the valve clearance

Excessive or insufficient valve clearance can cause failure of the engine as a result of mechanical and
thermal overloads. The valve clearance must therefore be checked and, if necessary, adjusted at the
intervals specified in the operating and maintenance instructions.

Note:

The valve clearance is measured between the valve stem and the rocker arm. The correct valve
clearance on a cold engine (engine oil temperature <60°C) is as follows:

Intake valve:= 0.2 mm

Exhaust valve= 0.45 mm

• Remove the valve cover.

• Turn the crankshaft by the V-belt pulley, until both valves on cylinder 4 are overlapping (exhaust valve
not yet completely closed, intake valve starts to open).

Note:

Cylinder 1 is located at the front end of the engine (fan side); sensor of rotation: V-belt pulley from front
in clockwise direction (Fig. 7)

Fig. 7: Sense of rotation 4B3.3

BW 170/174 AD/AC -D8-

Service Training
Note:

The pin (Fig. 8) must point exactly to the mark on the crankshaft V-belt pulley

Fig. 8: Marking pin

• Check and adjust the valve clearance on the valves as shown in Fig. 9.

Fig. 9: Valve adjustment, position 1

A feeler gauge of appropriate thickness must fit through the gap between valve and rocker arm with only
little resistance. If the gap is too narrow or too wide for the feeler gauge, the valve clearance needs to
be adjusted. (Tightening torque for counter nut max. 49 Nm)

BW 170/174 AD/AC -D9-

Service Training
• Turn the engine by the crankshaft pulley for another full revolution (360°) (Fig. 7).

• Adjust the valve clearance on the two remaining valves (Fig. 10)

Fig. 10: Valve adjustment, position 2

• Reassemble the valve cover (if necessary use a new gasket).

BW 170/174 AD/AC - D 10 -
BW 170/174 AD/AC

Fig. 1 Hydraulic diagram travel system BW170 AD

Travel system
T2: to transverse flushing travel motors
T1: to vibration pump charge oil
via steering valves from brake valve

Service Training
1 Travel pump 7 Flushing valve
2 Control cylinder 8 Front travel motor
3 Prop. control valve 9 Rear travel motor
4 High pressure relief valve 10 Brake
5 Charge pressure relef valve Y16 Proportional solenoid, forward
6 Pressure cut off Y17 Proportional solenoid, reverse
-E1-
T2 to transverse flushing travel motors
from brake valve
T1 to vibration pump charge oil
via steering valves
3
10 8
12

BW 170/174 AD/AC
1 4
6
4
2 5

7
11 9

Fig. 2 Hydraulic diagram travel system BW174 AD

1 Travel pump 7 Flushing valve
2 Control cylinder 8 Travel motor front right
3 Prop. control valve 9 Travel motor rear right
4 High pressure relief valve 10 Travel motor front left
5 Charge pressure relief valve 11 Travel motor front right
6 Pressure cut-off 12 Flow divider

-E2-
Service Training
Service Training
The travel systems of the tandem/combination rollers BW 170/174 AD/AC work with a closed hydraulic
circuit. This circuit mainly consists of:

• the travel pump with integrated safety and control elements,

• two drum drive motors (BW170 AD), or four drum drive motors (BW 174 AD), or two drum drive
motors and two wheel drive motors (BW 174 AC)

• a flow divider (BW 174-types)

• charge pumps (also for steering and optional functions)

• hydraulic oil filter and hydraulic oil cooler

• and the connecting hoses

Travel pump and vibration pump are joined together to a tandem pump unit. This unit is driven by the
flywheel side of the diesel engine with engine speed via an elastic coupling.

All safety and control elements needed for the operation in a closed hydraulic circuit are integrated in
the travel pump. These are:

• high pressure relief valves with integrated boost check valves,

• charge pressure relief valve,

• pressure cut-off valve and

• electro-hydraulic control.

Two charge pumps (gear pumps) driven by the auxiliary drive of the diesel engine supply the closed
travel circuit with cooled and filtered oil. This compensates leakage and flushing losses occurring during
operation. These pumps additionally supply the oil for the steering system and the optionally available
edge cutter band chip spreader.
After the above mentioned functions the pump flows from both pumps are joined together and directed
to the charge system in the tandem pump for travel and vibration drives. This is necessary, because the
vibration system also works with a closed circuit and this charge oil is required to compensate leaks and
for cooling.

If the travel pump is electro-hydraulically operated, it delivers hydraulic oil to the parallel arranged drum
drive motors. On machines of type BW 174 the oil passes through a flow divider, where it is distributed
to the 4 travel motors (see chapter on flow divider).

BW 170/174 AD/AC -E3-

Service Training
Brake control

During operation the closed hydrostatic travel circuit has the function of a service brake. When moving
the travel lever from full forward or reverse position towards neutral, the travel pump will follow towards
zero position relative to the movement of the travel lever. The oil flow is thereby reduced and the
machine is hydraulically braked. When moving the travel lever to neutral position, the pump will also
return to neutral, the supply of oil is interrupted and the hydraulic circuit brakes the machine to standstill
(exception: Speed Control)

However, since minor leaks cannot be avoided in any hydraulic circuit and such minor leaks will cause
creeping of the machine when it is parked on a slope with the engine running, the machine is additionally
equipped with multi-disc brakes in drum drive or drum drive and wheel drive motors. When engaging
the travel lever in neutral position the multi-disc brakes will close and the machine can be parked on
slopes with the engine running and without the risk of creeping.

The parking brakes are operated via a 3/2-way solenoid valve. If the voltage supply to the solenoid is
switched off, the charge oil supply to the brake piston is interrupted, the oil flows via the
3/2-way valve back to the tank and the multi-disc brakes are closed by spring pressure.

The electric control is accomplished via a micro switch in the travel lever.

If the brake solenoid valve is supplied with current while the engine is running (travel lever is pulled out
of braking position), the connection of the brake line to the tank is interrupted and oil from the charge
circuit is guided to the brake piston. The oil pressure works against the spring force applied to the brake
piston by the brake springs and relieves the brake discs.

BW 170/174 AD/AC -E4-

Service Training
Travel pump

The travel pump is a swash plate controlled HYDROMATIK axial piston pump with variable
displacement of series A4VG 56 EP.
The travel pump is directly flanged to the flywheel end of the diesel engine and is connected to a tandem
unit together with the vibration pump.
The tandem pump is not equipped with an own charge pump. The charge oil is provided by the external
steering/charge pump driven by the auxiliary drive of the diesel engine.
T2: to transversal flushing travel motors
to / from
T1: to vibration pump Travel motor / Flow divider

Charge oil
to vibration pump

from / to
travel motor

Fig. 3 Hydraulic diagram for travel pump

1 Travel pump 6 Pressure cut-off

2 Control cylinder 7 Flushing valve
3 Proportional control valve Y16 Proportional solenoid forward
4 High pressure relief valve Y17 Proportional solenoid reverse
5 Charge pressure relief valve

BW 170/174 AD/AC -E5-

Service Training
The pump flow is determined by the displacement and the actual rotary speed of the pump.

Due to the possibility of an infinite adjustment of the swash plate the pump flow rate and therefore the
travel speed can also be infinitely changed within the pre-selected travel speed range.

.
3
2

10 9 8 7 6 5

Fig. 4 Cross-sectional view of travel pump

1 Swashing bearing 2 Control piston

3 Control unit 4 Drive shaft
5 Valve plate 6 Cylinder block
7 Piston 8 Belleville springs
9 Slipper pad 10 Swashing cradle

The pump is equipped with all control and safety elements needed for operation in a closed hydraulic
circuit, such as

• High pressure relief valves,

• charge pressure relief valve,

• pressure cut-off valve and

• electric proportional servo control.

BW 170/174 AD/AC -E6-

Service Training
The spherical valve plate centres the cylinder block, which is tightly connected with the drive shaft, and
avoids the appearance of undesired transverse forces.

Belleville springs hold the complete drive (valve plate, cylinder block, swash plate) tightly together and
compensate appearing wear in axial direction immediately. This design principle gives the pump a very
high rate of efficiency throughout its entire lifetime.

Pilot pressure is used to operate the pump out of neutral position to the desired pumping direction
(direction of oil flow).

An electrically operated proportional 4/3-way valve directs the pilot oil flow (from the charge circuit) to
the corresponding control piston side in the servo control. The 4/3-way proportional valve is controlled
with special current signals from the ESX in dependence on the travel lever position and setting of the
travel speed range switch.

In neutral position both control chambers are loaded with case pressure. When opening the 4/3-way
valve pilot oil (from the charge circuit) is directed to one of the control piston sides in dependence on the
position of the pressure reducing valve and moves the control piston to the corresponding direction.

The swashing lever between the control piston and the swash plate transfers the control piston
movement to the swash plate. The needle bearing mounted swash plate swivels to the chosen direction.
This causes the axial movement of the pistons inside the cylinder block. The axial movement draws oil
into the pump and presses it to the travel motors.

All working pistons are drilled through their entire length. Pressure fluid flows through these bores into
the areas between the slipper pads and the surface of the swash plate. This forms a hydraulically
balanced field, on which the slipper pads can slide without any metal to metal contact between swash
plate and slipper pads. The feedback lever on the control piston detects when the swash plate has
reached a position that corresponds with the displacement of the travel lever. This feedback lever
controls a pilot oil portioning valve which interrupts the pilot oil flow to the control chambers when the
swashing angle corresponds with the position of the travel lever. Swashing angle and displacement of
the working pistons (oil flow rate) remain constant, until a new control command requires a different
swashing angle.

When changing the swashing angle through the neutral position to the opposite side, the flow direction
of the oil and the sense of rotation of the travel motors will change.

When actuating the travel pump pressure will build up in the line between pump outlet and motor inlet.
This pressure depends on the load acting on the travel motors. This pressure keeps the boost check
valve inside the high pressure relief valve for this particular side of the closed hydraulic circuit closed.

Cool and filtered oil can now only enter into the closed circuit on the opposite side (low pressure side).
The high pressure relief valve limits possibly occuring extreme pressure peaks to the adjusted value. If

BW 170/174 AD/AC -E7-

Service Training
one of these valves responds, hydraulic oil will flow out of the high pressure side and enter the low
pressure side through the corresponding boost check valve.

Since the cross-sections of these valves are very small and the hydraulic oil enters the low pressure
side already inside the pump, the system would very quickly overheat if the pressure in the system
would be relieved via the high pressure relief valves. For this reason the pump is fitted with an additional
pressure cut-off valve. The pressure cut-off valve interrupts the pilot oil flow to the control piston, thereby
maintaining the pressure level at the adjusted value of the pressure cut-off valve. If the pressure drops
again, the pressure cut-off valve will open and the pump can swash back to the previously chosen
position. This installation prevents overheating of the hydraulic system and overloading of the diesel
engine.

BW 170/174 AD/AC -E8-

Service Training
Pump control

Fig. 5 Pump control

The servo control of the pump is integrated in the pump housing and consists mainly of:

• the electrically controlled proportional 4/3-way valve

• control piston

• feedback lever

• pilot oil portioning valve and

• swash plate with swashing lever.

If the current in the solenoids Y16 (forward) or Y17 (reverse) increases above the threshold value
(values see electric training), the 4/3-way valve will move out of neutral position to the desired direction
and guide the pilot oil flow through the pilot oil portioning valve to the corresponding control piston side.

The control piston moves to the corresponding direction and operates the swash plate via the swashing
lever accordingly.

The pump can now deliver oil to the travel motors.

The feedback lever, which is mounted with its ball head in the pump control shaft, follows the control
piston and interrupts the pilot oil flow wen the control piston has reached a position corresponding with
the displacement of the travel lever. The oil from the opposite control chamber flows through the 4/3-
way valve as leak oil into the pump housing.

BW 170/174 AD/AC -E9-

Service Training
Charge pressure relief valve

The charge pressure relief valve belongs to the group of safety elements in a closed hydraulic circuit.
This valve limits the pressure in the charge circuit to the adjusted value.

The charge pressure relief valve is a valve with a fixed setting, so that the pressure value of 26 +/- 1 bar
cannot be altered.

from the charge pump

pilot oil

fixed spring
(26 bar)

to the oil tank

Fig. 6 Charge pressure relief valve

The charge circuit is needed for the compensation of leak oil and flushing quantities in the closed
hydraulic circuit.

Since feeding of cool and filtered oil is only possible on the low pressure side of the closed circuit, the
pressure in the low pressure side is identical with charge pressure. If the travel pump is in neutral
position, both boost check valves can open and let in oil from the charge circuit. In this case the pressure
in both sides of the closed circuit is identical with charge pressure.

BW 170/174 AD/AC - E 10 -
Service Training
High pressure relief valves

High pressure relief valves are safety elements, which are needed in every hydraulic circuit. These
valves limit the pressure in the hydraulic circuit to the value determined by the adjustment spring.

3
4

Fig. 7 Valve plate with high pressure relief valves

1 High pressure relief valve (fixed)

2 Charge pressure relief valve (fixed)
3 High pressure relief valve (fixed)
4 Valve plate
5 Pressure cut-off

The high pressure relief valves in both sides of the hydraulic circuit protect the hydraulic system, the
diesel engine and all other machine components against overloads.

BW 170/174 AD/AC - E 11 -
Service Training
to travel motors
/flow divider

from charge oil circuit

from travel motors

Fig. 8 : High pressure relief valves, hydraulic diagram

1 Travel pump
2 Control piston (actuated)
3 4/3-way valve (actuated)
4 High pressure relief valves

The boost check valves are integrated in the high pressure relief valves. These valves open to the low
pressure side and let cool and filtered oil flow from the charge oil circuit into the closed hydraulic circuit,
in order to compensate leaks and flushing quantities.

BW 170/174 AD/AC - E 12 -
Service Training
Pressure cut-off

5
1 3 6

Fig. 9 Pressure cut-off, hydraulic presentation of function

1 Charge pump
2 Pressure cut-off (400 bar)
3 Travel pump
4 Control piston
5 3/4-way proportional valve
6 Shuttle valve
Y16 Solenoid valve, forward
Y17 Solenoid valve, reverse

BW 170/174 AD/AC - E 13 -
Service Training
Since the cross-sections of the high pressure relief valves are very small, longer responding of these
valves would cause very quick overloading of the hydraulic circuit and would subsequently lead to
severe damage in pump or other components. In order to avoid this, the travel pump is equipped with
another safety device, the pressure cut-off.

Fig. 10 Pressure cut-off

1 Valve piston 8 Pressure spring

2 Bore 9 Adjustment screw
3 Valve seat 10 Pilot pressure channel
4 Piston 11 Housing channel
5 Valve bush 12 High pressure circuit
6 Control piston 13 High pressure circuit
7 Spring plate

BW 170/174 AD/AC - E 14 -
Service Training
The pressure cut-off is hydraulically arranged in the pilot oil flow to the pump control before the 4/3-way
valve and consists mainly off:

• axial spool and control edges,

• adjustment spring and

• adjustment screw with counter nut.

Via a shuttle valve the spool of the pressure cut-off is always subjected to the highest pressure in the
closed circuit. As long as the pressure in the closed circuit is lower than the adjustment value of the
pressure cut-off, the pilot oil connection via the 4/3-way valve to the corresponding control chamber is
released. The pump can now be actuated up to maximum displacement.

If the pressure reaches the setting of the pressure cut-off, the spool inside the valve will move and cut
off the pilot oil flow to the control piston. The pump cannot be actuated any further. The system pressure
is maintained at the setting of the pressure cut-off, until the resistance causing this high pressure in the
system is overcome or the pump is returned to neutral position by the operator.

Should the pressure in the closed circuit drop below the setting of the pressure cut-off, the valve spool
will be forced back by spring force, whereby the passage between charge circuit and pump control is
opened again. Now pilot oil can flow to the corresponding control piston side again and the pump can
be actuated. The spring force of the pressure cut-off and its reaction value can be adjusted via the
adjustment screw.

Due to the design and the hydraulic arrangement of pressure cut-off the high pressure relief valves will
not respond at all under normal conditions. This type of pressure limitation ensures that no oil will be
relieved from the closed circuit via the very tight cross sections of the high pressure relief valves. This
avoids overheating of the hydraulic oil.

In order to ensure a safe function, the pressure cut-off should always be approx. 10% lower than the
setting of the fixed high pressure relief valves.

High pressure relief valve = 445 +/- 5 bar

Pressure cut-off = 400 +/- 10 bar

BW 170/174 AD/AC - E 15 -
Service Training
Flow divider (BW 174 AD/AC)

Fig. 11 :Flow divider, hydraulic diagram

On machines of series BW 174 AD and BW 174 AC with split drums all drum halves or drum halves and
wheels are driven by own travel motors. These machines are therefore equipped with 4 travel motors.

In order to assure that all motors are always supplied with the required oil quantity, a four-fold flow
divider is installed between travel pump and travel motors.

BW 170/174 AD/AC - E 16 -
Service Training
Flow dividers are used where several consumers have to be hydraulically arranged in parallel mode and
wherever the use of the consumers requires a differential lock, as it is necessary on rollers of type BW
174.

The hydraulic diagram (Fig. 11) shows the flow divider (2) with the integrated secondary pressure relief
and boost check valves (2).

Here four radial piston motors (4,5,6,7) for drum or wheel drive (AC) are hydraulically linked in parallel
mode. In order to avoid that a motor of any drum half will start to spin, the installation of a ”differential
lock” is necessary.

To be able to understand the function of a 4-fold flow divider MH4FA one should first examine the
function of a 2-fold flow divider based on the constant orifice principle:

Fig. 12 : 2-fold flow divider

The control piston of the flow divider is fitted with measuring orifices. Since the diameter of the orifice
bore remains of identical size and does not change during operation, these orifices are called constant
orifices.

During operation of the hydraulic system a pressure differential (p) is created at these constant orifices.
If the flow rate at the two consumer ports (1 and 2) is of identical size, the pressure difference p1 =
pressure difference p2 and the control piston is centred in middle position. If the pressure differential p

BW 170/174 AD/AC - E 17 -
Service Training
between inflowing and outflowing oil is bigger on one side, the piston will be forced in this direction.
During this process the cross section of the discharge orifice for this outlet is decreased, the discharged
oil flow is throttled. This restriction of flow volume to the corresponding consumer is maintained, until an
equilibrium of the pressure differentials returns the control piston to middle position and the discharge
nozzles have identical cross sections again.

In this case the division ratio is determined by the opening cross sections of the discharge orifices.

The division accuracy depends on the accuracy of the measuring orifices, the spring rate and the friction
of the piston in the housing. With low pressure differentials the division accuracy is quite low, i.e. at low
flow volumes the flow divider works quite inaccurate. If the volume flow increases and with it also the
pressure differential at the constant measuring orifices, the division accuracy will also enhance. Higher
pressure differentials at the orifices result in a higher energy conversion. Hydraulic energy is converted
to heat energy. The influence of the spring has thereby not yet taken into account.

If uniformly adjustable measuring orifices, the cross sections of which would change in dependence on
the arriving oil flow, were used instead of constant measuring orifices, both the level of energy
conversion (loss) as well as the division fault could be maintained at an almost constant level. Another
negative factor for the division accuracy is the effect of the regulating spring. Stronger springs require
higher forces to move the control piston, i.e. the flow divider will only control at higher pressure
differentials p.

For the 2-fold flow divider described above it would also be possible to use two control pistons with only
one control edge each, instead of the control piston with two control edges.

BW 170/174 AD/AC - E 18 -
Service Training

Fig. 13 Two control pistons with one control edge each

Each consumer port would then have its own measuring orifice and control piston. When changing the
flow direction, the mobile sleeve with the control edge on the control piston enables an automatic
change to summarizing mode, i.e. in the flow divider the oil flow returning from the consumers are joined
and returned to the pump.

Form this description it is clear that this principle is not only suitable for two-fold flow dividers, but also
for a multiple division of the flow volume from the pump.

BW 170/174 AD/AC - E 19 -
Service Training

Fig. 14 Principle sketch of a four-fold flow divider

If the flow rates are identical on all consumer ports, all control edges are open. If the pressure drops in
one of the consumer lines (e.g. ”C”), this is a sign that a higher flow volume flows to this consumer. The
related control edge on the control piston moves towards closing, thereby trying to compensate this
difference. At the same time this pressure drop in consumer line ”C” causes a relatively bigger opening
to consumer ”B” and from there to consumer ”A”, until a condition of equilibrium is reached on all 4
control pistons or in all consumer lines.

Fig. 15 : Control piston

BW 170/174 AD/AC - E 20 -
Service Training
Design and function of MH4FA

The flow divider consists mainly of housing (1), single edge control piston (2), sleeve (3), pressure spring
(10) and piston (11).

Fig. 16

In housing (1) sleeve (3) is retained by pin (5). Sleeve (3) contains worked in measuring orifices
(windows), according to the division and summarizing ratio. These measuring orifices have the function
to compare the arriving and out flowing flow volumes in the consumer channels
A, B, C and D.

The flow volume arriving from the pump flows from port ”P” via bush (13) into chamber (15) and moves
the piston (11) against the preloaded pressure spring . This alters the cross section of the measuring
orifices (windows) in dependence on the magnitude of the flow volume and the pressure fluid flows
through bore (12) into the consumer channels A, B, C and D. The necessary corrective movements to
reestablish the state of equilibrium in all consumer lines are performed by the single edge control pistons
(2), as described above. For the automatic change-over from dividing to summarizing function and vice-
versa the single edge control pistons (2) are fitted with additional rings (4).

BW 170/174 AD/AC - E 21 -
Service Training
Since the single edge control pistons (2) only start to regulate after a certain pressure differential is
reached, the wheels or drum halves will not start to spin, the machine is maintained in a manoeuvrable
condition.

The flow divider used in the machine types BW 174 works like a differential lock. Due to this type of
operation a lack of oil in the consumer lines may occur when driving around curves. This would
obviously cause cavitation, or, in case of sudden reversing operations, pressure peaks in the system.
In order to avoid this and resulting damage each consumer port is fitted with a secondary pressure relief
and boost check valve.

Fig. 17 Secondary pressure relief and boost check valves

The flow divider is connected with the charge circuit of the machine via two “Y”-ports. This charge
pressure is permanently applied to the boost check valves. In case of a lack of oil in one of the consumer
lines the corresponding boost check valve will open and feed in the required oil quantity.

This protects the system against cavitation.

If pressure peaks occur e.g. when changing the travel direction all of a sudden, the corresponding
secondary pressure relief valves will respond and protect the system against overloads.

BW 170/174 AD/AC - E 22 -
Service Training
Note:
Port P1 is not available on machines of series BW 174. In other applications this port is needed to enable
and disable the differential lock via an external 2/3 way valve.

Trouble shooting flow divider

If a malfunction in the travel system is detected during operation of the machine, the function of the flow
divider can be tested by jacking the complete machine up (all drums must be able to rotate freely).

If the drums roate with strongly different speeds at full engine speed (slight speed differences can be
caused by resistances in bearings and between the drum halves), the flow divider must be replaced.

BW 170/174 AD/AC - E 23 -
Service Training
Travel motors

BW 170 AD

On tandem rollers of type BW 170 AD the drums are driven by Poclain radial piston motors of type MSE
08 (machine type 870 01) or MSE 11 (Machine type 870 02).

2 3

4
1

8 7 6 5

Fig. 18 Radial piston motor MSE 08 / MSE 11, BW 170 AD

1 Drive shaft with output flange

2 Piston with roller
3 Oil distributor
4 Brake piston
5 Multi-disc brake
6 Cylinder block
7 Cam ring
8 Bearing plate

BW 170/174 AD/AC - E 24 -
Service Training
The motor consists of

• the outer three-piece housing,

• the flat distributor,

• the cylinder block with the working pistons,

• the output shaft and

• the brake.

The motor housing consists of

• the bearing section (drive shaft bearings),

• the torque module (cam race) and

• the oil distributor.

The oil distributor guides the pressure oil to the working pistons in the cylinder block. The working
pistons inside the cylinders are pressed with their rollers against the cam race of the torque module and
roll along the cam profile. This transforms the axial movement of the pistons to a radial movement of
the cylinder block. This rotary movement of the cylinder block is transferred via a splined connection to
the output shaft and from there to the drum.

BW 170/174 AD/AC - E 25 -
Service Training
BW 174 AD

The tandem rollers of series BW 174 AD are also driven by Poclain radial piston motors, however by 4
motors of compact type MC 08. In the BW 174 single step motors with one displacement are used.

3 4 5
6
2
7
8
1

10

12 11

Fig. 19 Radial piston motor MC 08, BW 174 AD

1 Belleville spring 2 Brake piston

3 Brake discs 4 Brake housing
5 Cam race 6 Ball bearing
7 Piston with roller 8 Cylinder block
9 Drive shaft 10 Spacer for ball bearing
11 Distributor housing 12 Oil distributor

BW 170/174 AD/AC - E 26 -
Service Training
The motor consists of

• the outer three-piece housing (incl. brake housing),

• the flat distributor,

• the cylinder block with the working pistons,

• the output shaft and

• the brake.

The motor housing of the compact motor consists of

• the combined bearing section / cam race

• the oil distributor housing

• and the brake housing

The flat distributor guides the pressure oil to the working pistons in the cylinder block. The working
pistons inside the cylinders are pressed with their rollers against the cam race of the torque module and
roll along the cam profile. This transforms the axial movement of the pistons to a radial movement of
the cylinder block. This rotary movement of the cylinder block is transferred via a splined connection to
the output shaft and from there to the drum.

The function of the radial piston motors is described hereunder. The piston positions mentioned in the
description are shown in the corresponding illustration.

The movement of a piston along the cam race must be examined during various phases of the rotation.

BW 170/174 AD/AC - E 27 -
Service Training
Function of the radial piston motors

2
3

Fig. 20 Function of the radial piston motors

Piston position 1:

The oil enters into the oil distributor under pressure, flows through the distributor and presses against
the piston. This is the start of a rotation. Due to the pressure on the back of the piston the roller will
move along the cam, thereby causing a rotary movement of the cylinder block.

Piston position 2:

At this point the oil flow to the piston has reached its largest cross section. The piston continues his travel
along the cam race towards the valley between two cams. The opening cross section decreases with
continuing rotary movement.

BW 170/174 AD/AC - E 28 -
Service Training
Piston position 3:

Once the piston has reached the deepest point the oil flow to the piston is cut off. The piston is no longer
driven. It has reached its dead centre. Another piston must now be driven to move the previous piston
out of dead centre position.

Piston position 4:

By driving other pistons the previous piston is moved out of dead centre position. The oil behind the
piston is connected with the low pressure side and the retracting piston presses it back to the pump.

Piston position 5:

The oil supply back to the pump comes close to an end, the connecting bore between cylinder and low
pressure side closes slowly. The piston will now reach its second dead centre position. This point is
the start of a new working cycle.

Changing the flow direction of the oil will also change the sense of rotation of the motor.

The output shaft is resting in two taper roller bearings. It transmits the rotary movement via the drive
disc and the rubber elements to the drum.

BW 170/174 AD/AC - E 29 -
Service Training
Trouble shooting

The following trouble shooting chart contains a small selection of possible faults, which may occur
during operation of the machine. The fault list is by no means complete, however, the fault table is based
on the experience of the central service department, i.e. the list covers almost all faults that have
occurred in the past.

Procedure:

On machines with electronic control (ESX) you should always check the CAN-bus module first to find
out if a fault code is present indicating an electric problem. If a fault code is present perform trouble
shooting using the electrics training manual.

If no fault code is stored there may still be an electric fault or the machine may have been incorrectly
operated. The control will only report a fault when the current/voltage values are outside the nominal
range. If for instance a contact inside a switch is defective, the control will not detect this fault. For this
purpose one can have the incoming and outgoing signals of the control displayed on the CAN-bus
module and compare these with the specification table in the electrics training manual.

The following trouble shooting table contains both electrical as well as mechanical and hydraulic faults.

The number specified in the table indicate the probability of the fault cause and thereby the
recommended trouble shooting sequence, based on our latest field experience.

BW 170/174 AD/AC - E 30 -
Service Training

Machine does not move (forward and reverse, Charge pressure OK)

Machine movers with travel lever in "Neutral"

TROUBLE SHOOTING
TRAVEL SYSTEM

Machine moves only in 1 direction

BW 170/180-FAMILY

max. travel speed is not reached

1 drum blocks (BW 174/184)

Hydrauic oil too hot

SYMPTOMS

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Brake switch open/defective/wiring (Failure code)? 1
Brake valve (electric/mechanical/hydraulic) 1 2
Brake valve in travel motors (mechanical/hydraulic) 3
ESX-control / Electric system/ wiring (Failure code)? 2 1 2
Travel lever defective / wiring (Failure code)? 1 1 2 2
Speed range selector switch position /defective/wiring (Failure code)?
Control chamber short circuit valve (only BW 180/184 to 05/1999 ) 1 1
Pump control (electrical (Fehlercode?) / hydraulic) 2 1 1
Pressure cut off/ High pressure cut-off travel pump
3 3
contaminated/adjustment/defective
Charge pump / Charge pressure relief valve
3 3
contaminated/defective
Flushing valve in travel pump contaminated/sticks/defective 2 2
Travel pump defective 3 1 2
Flow divider defective (BW 174/184) 3 2 1
Travel motor(s) defective 3 1 2
Hydraulic oil cooler contaminated (internally/externally)
Thermostat (hydraulic) contaminated/sticks/defective 2 1
Diesel engine 2

TROUBLE SHOOTING

BW 170/174 AD/AC - E 31 -
Service Training
Vibration
The vibration circuit is also a closed hydraulic circuit, similar to the travel circuit.

The main components of this circuit are

• vibration pump,

• vibration motors

• vibration shut-off valve to shut off both vibration motors

• and the pressure resistant hydraulic hoses.

Vibration pump and travel pump are joined to a tandem unit, which is driven by the flywheel end of the
diesel engine.

When operating a 4/3 way solenoid valve, pilot oil is guided to one of the control piston sides. This
actuates the pump from neutral position to one of the two possible maximum displacement positions. If
the vibration shut-off valve is not activated the pump now pumps oil to the vibration motors, which are
connected in series mode.

When changing the swashing angle through the neutral position to the opposite side (not
VARIOCONTROL), the flow direction of the oil and the sense of rotation of the travel motors will change.

Since the displacements are different to both pumping directions, the speed of the vibration motors to
the two directions of rotation is also different.

The vibration motor output shafts are joined with the exciter shafts in the drums via Bowex coupling. The
rotation of the exciter shaft with the bolted on eccentric weights causes the vibration of the elastically
suspended drums.

The eccentric weights on the vibrator shaft are fitted with additional change-over weights (not
VARIOMATIC drum).

Depending on the sense of rotation of the vibrator shaft these change-over weights add to or subtract
from the basic weights.

• Basic weight + change-over weight = high amplitude

• Basic weight - change-over weight = low amplitude

The displacement of the pump is different to both flow directions. This results is different exciter shaft
speeds in dependence on the sense of rotation of the vibration motors.

The vibration system is designed in such a way, that the high exciter shaft speed (frequency) is coupled
with the low amplitude and the low exciter shaft speed (frequency) with the high amplitude.

BW 170/174 AD/AC -F1-

BW 170/174 AD/AC

Fig. 1 Vibration circuit BW 170/174 AD

from travel pump T2

T2: from travel pump

T1: to tank charge pressure
from steering valves

Service Training
charge oil from
travel pump

1 Vibration motor 9 Pressure relief valve

2 Control piston 10 Front vibration motor
3 Control valve 11 Rear vibration motor
4 High pressure relief valves Y 54 Solenoid valve, vibration front
5 Pressure cut-off Y 55 Solenoid valve, vibration rear
6 Shuttle valve Y 56 Solenoid valve, low amplitude
7 Flushing valve Y 57 Solenoid valve, high amplitude
8 Vibration shut-off valve
-F2-
Service Training
Vibration pump

The vibration pump is a swash plate operated axial piston pump with variable displacement of type A10
VG 45 EZ from Hydromatik. The pump is fitted with all control and safety elements needed for operation
in a closed hydraulic circuit. These are:

• Servo control

• high pressure relief valves with integrated boost check valves

• Pressure override
T2: to travel pump
T1: to tank

to / from
Vibration
shut-off
valve

from / to
Vibration
shut off-
valve
Charge oil from
travel pump

Fig. 2 Vibration pump, hydraulic diagram

1 Pump drive
2 Control piston
3 Solenoid valve
4 High pressure relief valves (400 bar)
5 Pressure override (380 bar)
6 Shuttle valve

The spherical valve plate centers the cylinder block which is driven by the drive shaft via a splined
connection. This avoids the appearance of undesired transverse forces.

BW 170/174 AD/AC -F3-

Service Training

3 4 5
2

9 8 7 6

Fig. 3 Vibration pump, hydraulic diagram

1 Drive shaft
2 Control piston
3 Pilot pressure port (X1/X2)
4 Servo control
5 Pressure override
6 Cylinder block
7 Working pistons
8 Slipper pad
9 Swash plate

The complete drive consisting of valve plate, cylinder block and swash plate is held together by Belleville
springs. This results in a high efficiency over the entire lifetime of the pump.

Pilot pressure is used to operate the pump out of neutral position to the desired pumping direction
(direction of oil flow). A 4/3-way valve guides this pilot oil to the corresponding control piston side in the
servo control. Due to the use of a remote control (electrically operated via solenoids) the pump can only
be actuated from neutral to one of the two possible maximum displacement positions.

In neutral position both control chambers are loaded with case pressure. When opening the 4/3-way
valve pilot oil (from the charge circuit) is directed to one of the control piston sides and moves the control
piston to the corresponding direction. The pump swashes to the adjusted maximum displacement.

BW 170/174 AD/AC -F4-

Service Training
When changing the swashing angle through the neutral position to the opposite side (not
VARIOCONTROL), the flow direction of the oil and the sense of rotation of the exciter shaft will change.

The displacements to both pumping directions have different adjustments.

This results in different speeds of the vibration motor to both travel directions.

This means:

• High displacement – high speed (frequency).

• Low displacement – low speed (frequency).

The position of the change-over valves depends on the sense of rotation of the exciter shaft. The
different positions of the change-over weight in relation to the basic weight results in the following
vibration effects:

• High displacement – high frequency – low amplitude

• Low displacement – low frequency – high amplitude

The resistance affecting the rotation of the exciter shaft causes pressure to build up between pump and
motor. This pressure closes the boost check valve in the high pressure side of the closed circuit.
Feeding of cooled and filtered hydraulic oil can therefore only take place in the low pressure side.

Once the pressure reaches the adjusted value of the pressure override valve the pilot oil flow to the 4/
3 way solenoid valve is interrupted. The pressure cannot increase any further.

Sudden pressure peaks are eliminated by high pressure relief valves. In this case hydraulic oil flows
from the high pressure side through the boost check valve directly into the opposite side, the low
pressure side.

BW 170/174 AD/AC -F5-

Service Training
High pressure relief valves

8 3

6 5

Fig. 4 High pressure relief valves

1 Setscrew for pressure override

2 High pressure relief valve with integrated boost check valve
3 Setscrew for hydraulic neutral position
4 Charge pressure relief valve
5 High pressure relief valve
6 Valve plate
7 Pressure override

When switching the vibration off the vibration motors for a short while have the function of a pump. They
pump the oil back to the vibration pump. This effect is caused by the rotating exciter shafts with the
attached eccentric weights.

Since the vibration pump is already in neutral position, the oil cannot pass through the pump. In this case
the pressure override valve has no function. Under this condition the high pressure relief valves work as
brake valves.

The functions of pressure override valve and high pressure relief valves in the vibration circuit are
identical with the functions of these valves in the travel circuit. The description of these components
does therefore not need to be repeated.

BW 170/174 AD/AC -F6-

Service Training
Control

The control is part of the pump and consists mainly of the 4/3-way solenoid valve, the control piston and
the swash plate with swashing lever.

If one of the two magnets is energized by actuating the frequency selector switch and the vibration
control switch, the 4/3 way solenoid valve is switched to open position. Pilot oil flows now to the
corresponding control piston side. The control piston slides to the corresponding direction and moves
the swash plate via the swashing lever. The pump delivers oil.

6
2

Fig. 5 Pump control

1 Solenoid valve 4 Neutral setting spring

2 Valve spool 5 Control piston
3 Setscrew for mechanical neutral position 6 Control chamber

The oil from the opposite control chamber flows through the 4/3-way valve as leak oil into the pump
housing.

When the 4/3-way valve is in neutral position, the pressure values in both control chambers are identical
(case pressure = max. 3 bar).

BW 170/174 AD/AC -F7-

Service Training
vibration motors

The vibration motors are Hydromatik bent axle axial piston motors type A2 FM 23 or A2 FM 28
(VARIOMATIC drum) with fixed displacement. These motors are designed for two directions of rotation
and can therefore subjected to pressure from both sides.

The pressure oil provided by the pump flows through the kidney shaped control slots in the valve plate
into the cylinder block with the working pistons. The pressure oil causes a stroking movement of the
working pistons. This converts the axial movement of the pistons to a radial movement of the motor
drive. The output shaft transfers this rotary movement via an elastic Bowex coupling to the exciter shaft
with the attached eccentric weights.
3 4
2 5 6

10

9 8

Fig. 6 Vibration motor A2 FM 23 / A2FM 28

1 Radial seal 2 Circlip

3 Housing 4 Working pistons
5 Center pin 6 Cylinder block
7 Valve plate 8 Helical spring
9 Tapered roller bearing 10 Output shaft

When switching the vibration on the vibration motors must first accelerate the resting exciter shaft up to
nominal speed. This resistance causes a hydraulic starting pressure, which is limited to 380 bar by the
pressure override valve. Once the vibrator shaft has reached its final speed, the pressure will drop to a
value between 40 and 160 bar. This operating pressure depends on the state of compaction of the soil.

BW 170/174 AD/AC -F8-

Service Training
Vibration shut-off valve

Fig. 7 Vibration shut-off valve

1 Housing
2 Magnet
3 Control piston
5 Emergency control
6 Plug

With this vibration shut-off valve the vibration motors can be switched on aór off individually.

The vibration shut-off valve is a directly controlled 4/3 way spool valve with solenoid control. It controls
start, stop of vibration and flow direction of the flow volume.

The way valve consists mainly of:

• the housing (1)

• two magnets (2)

• the control piston (3)

• two resetting springs (4)

• emergency control facility (5) and

• the plugs (6).

BW 170/174 AD/AC -F9-

Service Training
If not operated the control piston (3) is retained in middle and initial position by the resetting springs (4).
The control piston (3) is actuated by magnets switching in oil (2).

The power of the magnet (2) acts on the control piston (3), which is returned to rest position by the
resetting spring (4).

An emergency control (5) enables a movement of the control piston (3) without the magnet, e.g. for
testing.

Flushing valve

The housing of the vibration shut-off valve contains a flushing valve. The flushing valve is connected
with both sides of the closed circuit.

When the vibration is switched on the high pressure side of the closed circuit moves the flushing piston
and opens a discharge channel for oil from the low pressure side.

Oil flows now from the low pressure side back to the tank. This oil is immediately replaced by fresh,
cooled and filtered oil from the charge circuit.

The flushing quantity is limited by the valve piston.

If the flow direction of the oil changes (when changing the vibration frequency), the flushing valve shifts
to the other side and opens the discharge channel for the opposite side of the closed circuit (now low
pressure side).

If the vibration is not operated the flushing spool is centered in neutral position by two pressure springs.

The flushing valve has the function to maintain the temperature in the hydraulic system at a permissible
level.

BW 170/174 AD/AC - F 10 -
Service Training
Trouble shooting

The following trouble shooting chart contains a small selection of possible faults, which may occur
during operation of the machine. The fault list is by no means complete, however, the fault table is based
on the experience of the central service department, i.e. the list covers almost all faults that have
occurred in the past.

Procedure:

On machines with electronic control (ESX) you should always check the CAN-bus module first to find
out if a fault code is present indicating an electric problem. If a fault code is present perform trouble
shooting using the electrics training manual.

If no fault code is stored there may still be an electric fault or the machine may have been incorrectly
operated. The control will only report a fault when the current/voltage values are outside the nominal
range. If for instance a contact inside a switch is defective, the control will not detect this fault. For this
purpose one can have the incoming and outgoing signals of the control displayed on the CAN-bus
module and compare these with the specification table in the electrics training manual.

The following trouble shooting table contains both electrical as well as mechanical and hydraulic faults.

The number specified in the table indicate the probability of the fault cause and thereby the
recommended trouble shooting sequence, based on our latest field experience.

BW 170/174 AD/AC - F 11 -
Service Training

Front and/or rear Vibration cannot be shut off (AD-Versions)

Vibration only in 1 Amplitude (not VARIOMATIC)
TROUBLE SHOOTING VIBRATION

too low vibrator shaft speed front and rear

SYSTEM

No Vibration (Charge pressure OK)

BW 170/180-FAMILY

SYMPTOMS

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Vibration switch (Amplitude selector) (Failure code)? 1 1 1
Vibration button (on/off) (Failure code)? 1
ESX-control / Electric system/wiring (Failure code)? 2 2 2
Vibration shut off valve solenoids defective (Failure code?) /
1 1
contaminated/sticks
Pump control electric (Failure code?) / hydraulic) 1 1
Pressure cut-off/ High pressure relief valves Vibration pump
2
contaminated/adjustment/defective
Charge pump / Charge pressure relief valves
2
contaminated/defective
Flushing valve in Vibration shut off valve
2 2 2
contaminated/sticks/defective
Frequency setting vibration pump 2
Vibration pump defective 2 2 2
Vibration bearing defective 3
Vibration coupling defective 2
Vibration motor defective 2 1
Diesel engine 1

TROUBLE SHOOTING

BW 170/174 AD/AC - F 12 -
Service Training
Steering
The tandem/combination rollers of series BW 170/174 AD/AC with pivot steering are equipped with an
electronically controlled, hydraulically operated steering system.

On the hydraulic side the steering system consistsn mainly of

• the 2 steering pumps (1 for each drum),

• the 2 steering valves (valve blocks, 1 for each drum)

• the 4 steering cylinders (2 per drum)

• and the pressure resistant connecting hoses.

The electric part of the steering system consists mainly of:

• the steering sender (steering wheel),

• the ESX-control (converts the signals from the steering sender to electric signals for the solenoid
valves on the steering valve)

• the steering angle transducers on the drums (feedback of steering angle to control)

• and the two switches to select type of steering and crabwalk as well as the connecting hoses.

In addition to the steering function the steering system also assists the functions of opening and closing
the chip spreader as well as lifting and lowering the edge cutter.

BW 170/174 AD/AC -G1-

Service Training

Connection for
Option Chip spreader

from steering-/
charge pump

to charge port
Travel pump

Fig. 1 Steering hydraulics

1 Steering pressure relief valve

2 Steering valve
3 Shock valves
4 Shuttle valve
5 Steering cylinders
6 Anti-cavitation valve
7 Anti-cavitation valves

Function

The steering pumps draw the hydraulic oil from the hydraulic oil tank and deliver it through the filters to
the inlet ports “P” on the steering valves. If neither steering nor optional equipment is operated, the entire
oil quantity flows through the multi-function valves in the steering valve blocks back to the ”T”-ports.
From there the oil flows from both pumps flow together to the charge system for the closed travel and
vibration circuits.

When turning the steering wheel the steering sender under the steering wheel sends digital pulses to
the ESX-control. Depending on the rotation of the steering wheel as well as the position of the crabwalk
switch and the steering mode selector switch the control will then produce corresponding electric
signals. These signals are then fed to the steering valve solenoids.

BW 170/174 AD/AC -G2-

Service Training
The pistons inside the steering valves move to the corresponding direction, allowing pressure to flow
from the pumps to the steering cylinders. The machine steers. The steering angle transducers on the
drums detect the current steering angle of the drums and report this to the ESX-control. The control
compares the measured actual values with the nominal values calculated before on basis of e.g. the
steering wheel movement. If these actual steering angle values reach the nominal values the control
interrupts the electric signals to the steering valves and the machine maintains the chosen steering
position, until the operator initiates a new steering command. The system is therefore a closed control
circuit.

The steering valves are fitted with pressure relief valves. This valve limits the steering pressure to 175
bar. The charge pressure must, however, be added to this value, because the oil leaving the steering
system enters the charge circuit. The actually measured steering pressure is therefore approx. 210 bar.

BW 170/174 AD/AC -G3-

Service Training
Steering pumps

The stering pumps are gear pumps with fixed displacement. They are driven by the auxiliary drive of the
diesel engine, draw the hydraulic oil out of the hydraulic oil tank and pump it through the steering valves
to the steering cylinders or to the boost check valves for travel and vibration circuits.

9 9 6 1 7

8
2

4 5

Fig. 2 Steering pump

1 Housing
2 Flange
3 Shaft
4 Bearing plate
5 Bearing plate
6 Cover
7 Gear (driving)
8 Gear (driven)
9 Seals

Working principle of the gear pumps

The drive gear of the steering pump is connected with the auxiliary drive of the diesel engine via a
coupling. Drive gear and driven gear are positioned by a bearing plate in such a way, that the teeth of
both gears mesh with minimum clearance when rotating.

BW 170/174 AD/AC -G4-

Service Training
The displacement chambers are created between the tooth flanks, the inside wall of the housing and
the faces of the bearing plates.

When the pump is running the chambers transport hydraulic oil from the suction side to the pressure
side. This causes a vacuum in the suction line by which the hydraulic oil is drawn out of the tank. The
tooth chambers transport the fluid to the outlet of the pump from where it is pressed to the consumers.
To ensure a safe function of the pump the tooth chambers must be so tightly sealed that the hydraulic
fluid can be transported from the suction side to the pressure side without any losses.

For this purpose external gear pumps are fitted with gap seals. This causes pressure dependent fluid
losses from the pressure side to the suction side. As a measure to ensure that these losses are reduced
to a minimum, the bearing plate on the cover side is pressed against the faces of the gears by an axial
pressure field.

This pressure field is always under the actual system pressure.

Steering valve block

Connection for Options
Chip spreader

to steering
cylinders

from steering-/
charge pump

to charge port
on travel pump

Fig. 3 Steering valve block, hydraulic diagram

The steering valve blocks consists mainly of:

• the electrically controlled 6/3 way proportional valves

• the multi function valves (high pressure relief function (200 +/- 10 bar at the pressure test ports if the
6/3 way valves are actuated; almost no resistance if the 6/3 way valves are closed).

BW 170/174 AD/AC -G5-

Service Training
• the 2 shock valves with integrated anti-cavitation valves

• the check valve in the P-line

When the steering wheel is turned the ESX-control sends electric signals to the magnets on the steering
valves.

The pistons inside the steering valves move to the corresponding direction, allowing pressure to flow
from the pump ports P to the steering cylinder ports A or B. The machine steers. The steering angle
transducers on the drums detect the current steering angle of the drums and report this to the ESX-
control. The control compares the measured actual values with the nominal values calculated before on
basis of e.g. the steering wheel movement. If these actual steering angle values reach the nominal
values the control interrupts the electric signals to the steering valves and the spool of the 6/3 way valve
is returned to neutral position (closed) by spring force. The steering movement stops and the machine
maintains the chosen steering angle, until the operator initiates a new steering command.

The steering valves blocks are fitted with pressure relief valves. These valves limit the steering pressure
to 190 bar. The charge pressure must, however, be added to this value, because the oil leaving the
steering system enters the charge circuit. The actually measured steering pressure is therefore approx.
210 bar.

The steering unit is fitted with so-called shock valves in each supply line to the steering cylinders. These
valves are adjusted to an opening pressure of 230 bar. The valves compensate extreme pressure peaks
which may occur, e.g. when driving over obstructions, and protect the system against overloads.

Each of these shock valves is fitted with an additional anti-cavitation valve. If the shock valves respond
these anti-cavitation valves protect the system against cavitation damage.

A check valve at the inlet of the steering unit makes sure that no oil will flow back to the pump in case
of pressure peaks caused by sudden steering movements. In such a case the steering cylinders would
act as pumps and press the oil back to the pump.

BW 170/174 AD/AC -G6-

Service Training
Test and adjustment points

4
1 2 3

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Fig. 1: Overview engine left

Pos. Designation Pos. in hydr. Pos. in wiring Measuring

diagram diagram values
1 Test port control pressure 85 bar
VARIOMATIC
2 Steering/charge pump, front 01
3 Steering/charge pump, rear 01
4 Coolant temperature switch B 53 105 °C
5 Diesel engine speed sensor B92
6 Steering solenoid valve HL 5,Y92 Y36
7 Solenoid valve, chip quantity max Y131
8 Valve block, steering rear / chip
spreader
9 Solenoid valve, chip quantity min Y67
10 Steering solenoid valve HR 5,Y93 Y35
11 Optional pump VARIOMATIC 31
12 Pressure switch, sprinkling left B78

BW 170/174 AD/AC -H1-

Service Training

2 3
1

Fig. 2: Overview engine right

Pos. Designation Pos. in hydr. Pos. in wiring Measuring

diagram diagram values
1 Brake valve 21, Y04 Y04 0/12V
2 Speed control solenoid Y120
3 Fuel shut-off valve Y58
4 Test port, steering pressure front 15 200 +/- 10 bar
5 Differential pressure switch, filter B22 without pressure
no continuity

BW 170/174 AD/AC -H2-

Service Training

3 4 5 6 7
2

16
12 11
14 13

10
15
9

Fig. 3: Tandem pump from top

Pos. Designation Pos. in hydr. Pos. in wiring Measuring

diagram diagram values
1 Differential pressure switch, filter B21 without pressure
no continuity
2 Pressure override vibration pump 380 +/-20 bar
3 Vibration pump 08
4 Solenoid valve
5 Solenoid valve, steering VL 3, Y93 Y93
6 Steering valve, front / (+ valve edge 3
cutter)
7 Steering solenoid valve VR 3, Y92 Y92
8 Differential pressure switch, filter 15 B22 without pressure
no continuity
9 Steering pressure test port 200 +/- 10 bar
10 Proportional valve, driving forw. 08, Y57 Y16
11 Test port high pressure reverse 08, MB 400 +/- 10bar
travel
12 Test port high pressure forward 08, MA 400 +/- 10 bar
travel
13 Pressure override travel pump 08 400 +/- 10 bar
14 High pressure limitation travel pump 08 445 +/- 5 bar
15 Test port, steering pressure front 200 +/- 10 bar
16 Travel pump 08

BW 170/174 AD/AC -H3-

Service Training

3 5
1

8
4 6
2

Fig. 4: Tandem pump from front right hand side

Pos. Designation Pos. in hydr. Pos. in wiring Measuring

diagram diagram values
1 Proportional valve, driving forward Y57 Y16
2 Proportional valve, driving reverse Y56 Y17
3 Solenoid valve vibration, low Y56 Y56 0/12V
amplitude
4 Solenoid valve vibration, high Y57 Y59 0/12 V
amplitude
5 Pressure test port vibration low
amplitude, high frequency
6 High pressure relief valve vibration, 400 + 10 bar
low amplitude
7 High pressure relief valve vibration, 400 + 10 bar
high amplitude
8 Charge pressure test port 26 +/- 1 bar

BW 170/174 AD/AC -H4-

Service Training

2 3
1

8 7 6

Fig. 5: Tandem pump from front left hand side

Pos. Designation Pos. in hydr. Pos. in wiring Measuring

diagram diagram values
1 Pressure test port vibration low Starting pressure
amplitude, high frequency 380 +/- 20 bar
2 Pressure override vibration pump 380 +/- 20 bar
3 Pressure override travel pump 400 +/- 10 bar
4 Pressure test port vibration high Starting pressure
amplitude, low frequency 380 +/- 20 bar
5 High pressure relief valve, forward 445 +/- 5 bar
travel
6 Charge pressure relief valve 26 +/- 1 bar
7 High pressure relief valve vibration, 400 + 10 bar
high amplitude
8 Charge pressure test port 26 +/- 1 bar

BW 170/174 AD/AC -H5-

Service Training

Fig. 6: Vibration shut-off valve (only AD-version)

Pos. Designation Pos. in hydr. Pos. in wiring Measuring

diagram diagram values
1 Vibration shut-off valve (only AD- 20
version)
2 Solenoid valve vibration shut-off Y54 Y54 0/12V
front
3 Solenoid valve vibration shut-off Y55 Y55 0/12V
rear

BW 170/174 AD/AC -H6-

Service Training

Fig. 7: Flow divider (only BW 174)

Pos. Designation Pos. in hydr. Pos. in wiring Measuring

diagram diagram values
1 Flow divider (only BW 174) 16
2 Steering valve, valve for edge cutter 03, 11

BW 170/174 AD/AC -H7-

Training BW170-184

Electric
TRAINING
BW180/184
BW170/174
Software version up to and including version 16.2

official training documents

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Page 1 of 65

Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184

Table of contents

1 Overview ESX................................................................................................................................... 3
2 Overview emergency travel function (override) in case of ESX failure............................................. 4
3 How to proceed when replacing components?................................................................................. 5
3.1 How to proceed when replacing an ESX control? ..................................................................... 5
3.2 How to proceed when replacing a travel pump? ....................................................................... 5
3.3 How to proceed when replacing a steering valve? .................................................................... 5
3.4 How to proceed when replacing a steering angle transducer?.................................................. 5
3.5 Which components can be replaced without a subsequent adjustment procedure? ................ 6
4 Functions of the ESX control ............................................................................................................ 7
4.1 Description of the display module.............................................................................................. 7
4.2 Input of code numbers............................................................................................................... 7
4.3 Driving against the closed brake ............................................................................................... 7
4.4 Adjusting the machine type ....................................................................................................... 8
4.5 Calibration of angle transducers................................................................................................ 9
4.6 Adjusting the angle transducers ................................................................................................ 9
4.7 Automatic detection of surge currents on steering valves....................................................... 11
4.8 Adjusting the travel range selector switch ............................................................................... 12
4.9 Resetting the surge currents in the travel system ................................................................... 13
4.10 Automatic detection of surge currents in travel system ....................................................... 14
4.11 Showing stored faults........................................................................................................... 15
4.12 Deletes all stored faults........................................................................................................ 15
4.13 Activation / deactivation of fault monitoring for output of control chamber short circuit ..........
valve..................................................................................................................................... 16
4.14 Adjusting the crabwalk adjustment speed ........................................................................... 17
4.15 Seat contact monitoring ....................................................................................................... 18
4.16 Adjusting the chip spreader type.......................................................................................... 19
4.17 Adjusting enhanced deceleration in travel system............................................................... 20
4.18 Activating current series settings ......................................................................................... 21
5 Description of the signals on the ESX-control ................................................................................ 22
6 Description of fault codes on the ESX control ................................................................................ 28
7 Input codes for ESX control ............................................................................................................ 56
8 Terminology in connection with ESX .............................................................................................. 61
9 Version history ................................................................................................................................ 65

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Page 2 of 65

Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184

1 Overview ESX

driver seat,
270° turnable,
joystick steering
seat position swtich
- signal left Lenken
and proximity switch
- signal right
for seat position
detection

travel lever

break switch
- switch signal forward
- switch signal reward Fahren
- potentiometer signal
water sprinkler

emergency stop vibration

sprinkler
push button
intervall
vibration

+ battery

angle sensor Lenkwinkelsensor

rear vorne

engine stop

control chamber break travel forward front steering

rear steering reverse travel

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Page 3 of 65

Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184

2 Overview emergency travel function (override) in case of ESX failure

driver seat,
270° turnable,
joystick steering
seat position swtich
- signal left Lenken
and proximity switch
- signal right
for seat position
detection

travel lever

break switch
- switch signal forward
- switch signal reward Fahren
- potentiometer signal
water sprinkler

emergency stop vibration

sprinkler
push button
intervall
vibration

+ battery

angle sensor Lenkwinkelsensor

rear vorne

engine stop

control chamber break travel forward front steering

rear steering reverse travel

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Page 4 of 65

Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Functionen of ESX control
3 How to proceed when replacing components?
Each machine of the product family BW 180 and BW 170 is individually adjusted during initial
commissioning. This adjustment or teaching process is necessary to make sure that the travel and
steering functions are almost identical on all machines. Background of these adjustment procedures
are the tolerances of the components used, e.g. hydraulic pump for travel system, proportional valves
for steering, steering angle sensors and ESX control. These tolerances apply for both mechanical as
well as electrical functions and are unavoidable for manufacturing reasons.
To enable simple and quick adjustment procedures we have decided to do without expensive tools. All
that is needed is this manual and a bit of time. By following the described procedure it is possible to
take a machine back into operation after the replacement of one of the components specified above
and to re-establish the usual functional quality, with almost any previous knowledge. Even an
incorrectly or incompletely conducted teaching procedure can be repeated without problems as often
as necessary.
At the first glance it seems to be at bit awkward to perform this adjustment on every machine, but this
procedure enables the operation of all machines of these two families with the same operating
software. At the end of the day this considerably increases the spare parts availability.

3.1 How to proceed when replacing an ESX control?

Since the control stores all teach values of the machine, each teaching procedure must be performed
with the new control after a replacement.

Important! Before performing one of the following steps you must first adjust
the respective machine type (see chapt. 4.4)!
When changing the machine type all previously made adjustments will be lost!
Depending on equipment state and manufacturing date of the machine it may be necessary to make all
or some of the following adjustments in order to prepare the control:
• Adjust the type of travel range switch (see chapt. 4.8)
• Activation/deactivation of fault monitoring for output of control chamber short circuit valve (see
chapt. 4.13)
• Adjust the crabwalk adjustment speed (see chapt. 4.14)
• Seat contact monitoring (see chapt. 4.15)
• Adjust the type of chip spreader (see chapt. 4.16)
• Adjust the extended travel system delay (see chapt. 4.17)

For the performance of teaching procedures the following sequence has been found to be most
effective:

• Automatic detection of surge currents on steering valves (see chapt. 4.7)

• Calibration of the angle transducers (see chapt. 4.5)
• Automatic detection of surge currents in the travel system (see chapt. 4.10)

3.2 How to proceed when replacing a travel pump?

• Automatic detection of surge currents in the travel system (see chapt. 4.10)

3.3 How to proceed when replacing a steering valve?

• Automatic detection of surge currents on steering valves (see chapt. 4.7)

Note: It has been found most sensible to teach both steering valves, even if only one steering valve
was replaced.

3.4 How to proceed when replacing a steering angle transducer?

• Adjustment of the angle transducers (see chapt. 0)
• Calibration of the angle transducers (see chapt. 4.5)
Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Functions of ESX control Page 5 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Functionen of ESX control

Note: Calibration of angle transducers must always be performed for both transom beds.

3.5 Which components can be replaced without a subsequent

adjustment procedure?
• Speed sensor
• All switches in the dashboard
• Travel lever
• Set position sensor
• Setpoint transducer for steering
• Vibration pump
• Vibration motors
• Travel motors
• Flow divider (on types 174/184)
• Diesel engine
• Steering cylinders, if the steering angle transducer has not been disassembled
• Gear pumps for steering / charge system

Note: A final function test of the complete machine is highly recommended.

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Functions of ESX control Page 6 of 65

Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Functionen of ESX control
4 Functions of the ESX control

4.1 Description of the display module

The display module consists of a 3-digit display and two keys, F1 and F2.
The display module is used for the output of fault codes and display values as well as for the input of
code numbers.
Faults are indicated by flashing. If several faults are detected, the displayed fault codes will change in a
3 second cycle.
Display values are permanently displayed.
Values ranging from 0 0 0 ...9
9 9 9 can be displayed. Higher values will trigger the display „-- - - “.
Negative values are indicated by flashing of the „Minus point“.
The following description describes the input of code numbers.

4.2 Input of code numbers

For the calibration of angle transducers and for the diagnose of control inputs and outputs various code
numbers must be entered at the display module of the control. The input of a code number is
performed as follows:

1. Press both keys (F1 and F2) on the instrument cluster for 2 seconds.
. The value 0 0 0 will be displayed, whereby the 1st digit is flashing.
2. The value of the flashing digit can be increased by pressing the left hand key (F1). When the figure
9 is displayed and the left hand key (F1) is pressed again, the display will return to the value 0 .
3. When pressing the right hand key (F2) the flashing digit will move one digit to the right. When the
3rd digit is flashing, the right hand key (F2) is pressed once again to confirm the input. The desired
function is then executed or the desired value is displayed respectively.

In order to terminate a display function you must either enter code number 0 0 0 or switch the ignition
off.

4.3 Driving against the closed brake

In order to enable testing of the brake efficiency according to the relevant standard you should not pull
off the valve plug off the brake valve on this machine, because the control would in this case detect a
line interruption in the current path to the brake.
In order to conduct this test the code number 5 0 0 must be entered at the display module. After
entering the code number the brake will not be released. If the travel lever is operated in this situation,
the travel pump is operated in accordance with the selected travel direction. At the same time a
warning (fault code 5 0 0 ) appears on the display and the warning buzzer is triggered, in order to keep
the operator informed about the condition.
In order to terminate the function and to open the brake you must either enter code number 5 0 I or
switch off the ignition.

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Functions of ESX control Page 7 of 65

Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Functions of ESX control
4.4 Adjusting the machine type
This function is only available from software version 16!

Since the same control is to be used for all pivot steered tandem rollers, the machine type must be
adjusted during the initial installation or in case of a replacement. This setting of the machine type is
necessary, even though the functions of the machines are identical, but not the valves, hydraulic
pumps, hydraulic motors etc. When adjusting the machine type all settings required for the respective
machine type are made.
For easier control of the adjusted machine type the respective machine type appears in the display
module for 3 seconds whenever the ignition is switched on. The following table shows the assignment
of the various machine types to the machine codes.
The range of serial numbers must be strictly observed!

Machine type First serial number Last serial number Machine type code
BW 180 AD 101 870 00 1001 101 870 00 XXXX 740
BW 184 AD 101 870 30 1001 101 870 30 XXXX 740
BW 184 AD AM 101 870 50 1001 101 870 50 XXXX 740
BW 170 AD 101 870 01 1001 101 870 01 XXXX 731
BW 170 AD 101 870 02 1001 101 870 02 XXXX 733
BW 170 AD AM 101 870 11 1001 101 870 11 XXXX 733
BW 174 AD 101 870 31 1001 101 870 31 XXXX 732
BW 174 AC 101 870 41 1001 101 870 41 XXXX 732
BW 174 AD AM 101 870 51 1001 101 870 51 XXXX 732

Do not operate a machine with incorrect type setting, because this could lead to unacceptably
long braking distances and very abrupt movements!
After replacing a control always compare the machine type set on the control with the actual
machine type and correct the setting, if required!

The input of the machine type is performed as follows:

• The engine should not be running!
• Enter code number 7 2 5 . This code number activates the function „Change machine type“; the
display permanently shows the value 7 2 5 . This code number must be entered before performing
the following steps.
• Select and enter the correct machine type as specified in the list shown above. The display will then
permanently show the entered code.
• Enter code number 7 2 6 . This code number confirms the entered machine type code. This code
number must be entered to successfully finish the function „Change machine type”.
• After the successful input of the above mentioned code number the machine type will be
immediately changed.
• This changing process takes a few seconds. During this time the code number 7 2 6 is permanently
displayed; the minus dot is flashing at a one second interval to show that the system is still alive.
During this time the control or ignition must not be switched off!
Otherwise the complete process would need to be repeated!

If the procedure needs to be repeated because of an incorrect input or similar, the ignition must be switched
off and on again.

Note: The new machine will only become active after restarting the machine !
Changing the machine type deletes all settings, as described under item 4.5 to 4.10,
and these settings must be adjusted again !

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Functions of ESX control Page 8 of 65

Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Functions of ESX control
4.5 Calibration of angle transducers
For a correct performance of the steering the angle transducers on front and rear drum must be
correctly calibrated. This calibration is only required during initial commissioning in the factory, after a
service during which the angle transducers had to be disassembled or replaced, or after the
replacement of the ESX control.
Calibration of angle transducers must be performed as follows:

• For the following steps the steering mode selector switch may be set to one of the steering modes
„steering front“ or „steering rear“. If another steering mode is selected the function „Calibration of
angle transducer“ will not be activated. If the function „Calibration of angle transducers“ is active and
a steering mode other than the ones specified above is selected, the function „Calibration ...“ will be
aborted! In this case the whole adjustment procedure must be repeated!
• During the calibration process the machine must not drive faster than 3km/h, as otherwise the
function will be automatically aborted! In this case the whole adjustment procedure must be
repeated!
• Enter code number 6 0 0 . This code number activates the function „Calibration of angle
transducers“; the display permanently shows the value 6 0 0 . This code number must be entered
before performing the following steps.

Calibrating the front stops:

• Steer the front drum against the left hand stop. Once the left hand stop of the front drum is reached
enter code number 6 0 I ; the display then permanently shows the value 6 0 I .
• Steer the front drum against the right hand stop. Once the right hand stop of the front drum is
reached enter code number 6 0 3 ; the display then permanently shows the value 6 0 3 .

Calibrating the rear stops:

• Steer the rear drum against the left hand stop. Once the left hand stop of the rear drum is reached
enter code number 6 1 I ; the display then permanently shows the value 6 1 I .
• Steer the rear drum against the right hand stop. Once the right hand stop of the rear drum is
reached enter code number 6 1 3 ; the display then permanently shows the value 6 1 3 .

Calibrating the straight ahead position:

• Steer the front drum to straight ahead position. Once the straight ahead position of the front drum is
reached enter code number 6 0 2 ; the display then permanently shows the value 6 0 2 .
• Steer the rear drum to straight ahead position. Once the straight ahead position of the rear drum is
reached enter code number 6 0 2 ; the display then permanently shows the value 6 0 2 .

60I 602 603

6II 6I2 6I3

Once all positions have been actuated and all codes have been entered the function „Calibration of
angle sensors“ is automatically finished. The new values will only become valid after restarting the
machine.
If the function „Calibration of angle transducers“ is to be terminated prematurely, you must either enter
code number 6 2 0 or switch the ignition off. In this case the whole adjustment procedure must be
repeated!
Note: You must always calibrate both drums!
The new values will only become valid after restarting the machine!
4.6 Adjusting the angle transducers
For a correct performance of the steering position detection the angle transducers on front and rear
drum must be correctly adjusted. This adjustment determines the position of the angle transducers to
Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Functions of ESX control Page 9 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Functions of ESX control
the transom bed. The angle transducers must only be adjusted during initial commissioning in the
factory or after a service during which they were disassembled or replaced.
The adjustment of angle transducers is performed as follows:

• Steer both drums to “straight ahead position”. For this Step the angle transducers must already
have been calibrated, as otherwise „straight ahead position“ cannot be reached. See also
Calibration of angle transducers on page 9.
Note: In order to adjust both drums to straight ahead position switch off the crabwalk (green display
goes out) and change from steering mode „front steering“ to „rear steering“ and back to „front
steering“ while the machine is driving. You thereby utilize the automatic neutral setting of the
drums when changing the steering mode. When switching over steering must be avoided and it
must be assured that the automatic neutral setting of the drums has been performed. Then do not
steer any more, stop the machine and shut the engine down.
• For the following steps you must shut the engine down and switch the ignition off.
• Enter code number 2 5 0 to adjust the front angle transducer. The displayed value should be 1 1 7
and 1 2 3,
3 the ideal value would be 1 2 0.
0 If the value is outside this range adjust the angle
transducer. For this purpose loosen the fastening screws in the slots of the transducer and turn the
angle transducer until the value is inside the required range. If the adjustment range in the slots is
not big enough loosen and adjust also the coupling between transducer and transom bed. Once the
angle transducer has been adjusted retighten all screws and check the display value again!
• Enter code number 2 6 0 to adjust the rear angle transducer. The displayed value should be
between 1 1 7 and 1 2 3,
3 the ideal value is 1 2 0.
0 If the value is outside this range the angle transducer
must be adjusted. For description of the adjustment procedure refer to the previous item.
• After the adjustment of one or both angle transducers, the angle transducers must be calibrated
again. See also Calibration of angle transducers on page 9.

Note: Even if only one of the angle transducers both transducers must be calibrated again!

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Functions of ESX control Page 10 of 65

Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Functions of ESX control
4.7 Automatic detection of surge currents on steering valves
To enable a sensitive and exact function of the steering the surge currents of the four control solenoids
and both steering valves must be measured. The surge currents are automatically adjusted after
entering a code number, so that no electric meter is required.
The surge currents must only be adjusted during initial commissioning in the factory, after a service
during which the control on a steering valve or the complete steering valve has been replaced and after
the replacement of the ESX-control.
The measurement is identical for all four solenoids:
Example BW 180
After entering the respective code numbers the current is increased by the control solenoid in steps of
5 mA, starting from 750 mA.. After each increasing step the system waits for 2 seconds. If a change in
drum angle is measured after the waiting time, the surge current is reached. In order to enhance the
measuring result this measurement is performed three times. The final surge current is the mean value
of these three measurements. This surge current is automatically stored and is valid from the next start
of the machine.
For all other machine types the same procedure is used, however, currents and times will vary.
Before the measurement you must strictly make sure that the steering system is „bled“, because an air
cushion in the steering cylinders would have a negative effect on the measurement and therefore on
the steering performance of the machine. Sufficient bleeding is achieved by performing a few quick
steering movements at full engine speed.

The automatic measurement of the steering valve surge currents is performed as follows:
• The brake must be released!
• The engine must run with full speed!
• Enter code number 6 3 0 . This code number activates the function „Automatic measurement of
steering valve surge currents“; the display permanently shows the value 6 3 0 . This code number
must be entered before performing the following steps.
• Each of the four measurements for the four control solenoids must be separately started by
entering a code number. The code numbers for the four control solenoids are:

Measure control front left 631

Measure control front right 632
Measure control rear left 633
Measure control rear right 634

• After entering o0ne of the above mentioned code numbers the measurement of the surge current
will start immediately.
• During the measurement the actual current is displayed (display value x 10mA = current).
• Attention! During the measurement the respective drum cannot be steered !
• During the measurement the machine should not be driven !
• Once the measurement is completed the display value 0 0 0 will appear for 2 seconds, after this the
code number 6 3 0 is displayed again and the next measurement can be started. Once the four
surge currents have been measured the machine must be shut down in order to switch off the
function „Automatic measurement of steering valve surge currents“. The new surge current values
are valid from the next start.

Note: During the measurement the machine should be parked on level ground.
Before the measurement both drums should be steered to straight ahead position.

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Functions of ESX control Page 11 of 65

Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Functions of ESX control
4.8 Adjusting the travel range selector switch
A 3-stage selector switch is used as standard for the selection of the travel speed range. A 24-stage
selector switch can be alternatively installed as a replacement for the 3-stage switch.
To enable the control to correctly evaluate the travel speed range selector switch the type of the installed
switch must be selected by means of input codes. The 3-stage switch is set as standard by default; i.e. a
standard machine with 3-stage switch does not require any adjustment.

Adjusting the 24-stage switch:

• Enter code number 6 5 0 . This code number activates the function „Parameter change for travel
range selector switch“; the display permanently shows the value 6 5 0 . This code number must be
entered before performing the following steps.
• Enter code number 6 5 2 to select the 24-stage switch. The indicator light goes out.
• Switch off the ignition of the machine. During the next start the 24-stage switch will be evaluated.

If a machine with a 24-stage selector switch is to be refitted with the 3-stage selector switch, this switch
must be reset.

Adjusting the 3-stage switch:

• Enter code number 6 5 0 . This code number activates the function „Parameter change for travel
range selector switch“; the display permanently shows the value 6 5 0 . This code number must be
entered before performing the following steps.
• Enter code number 6 5 1 to select the 3-stage switch. The indicator light goes out.
• Switch off the ignition of the machine. During the next start the 3-stage switch will be evaluated.

Note: During the input the diesel engine of the machine should not be running!
Any change to the setting of the travel range selector switch will only become
effective after switching the ignition off and back on again!

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Functions of ESX control Page 12 of 65

Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Functions of ESX control
4.9 Resetting the surge currents in the travel system
This function is only available from software version 12!

With this function the surge currents of the travel system can be reset to the minimum value (350mA).
This measure is only necessary after a service during which the travel pump control or the complete
travel pump has been replaced, to ensure that the travel system is not controlled by a too high surge
current.

After replacing the ESX control this function must not be performed, since a new ESX control always
uses the minimum surge current. In this case the surge currents of the travel system should be
determined automatically to assure optimal performance of the machine.

Resetting the surge currents in the travel system:

• The engine must not be running.
• Enter code number 6 6 5 . This code number activates the function „Resetting the surge currents“; the
display permanently shows the value 6 6 5 . This code number must be entered before performing
the following steps.
• Enter code number 6 6 6 to reset the surge currents to the minimum value (350mA). The indicator
light goes out.
• Switch off the ignition of the machine. These minimum surge currents will be used after starting the
machine the next time.

Note: During the input the diesel engine of the machine should not be running!
The changed surge currents only will become active after the ignition has been
switched off and on again!

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Functions of ESX control Page 13 of 65

Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Functions of ESX control
4.10 Automatic detection of surge currents in travel system
This function is only available from software version 12!

For a sensitive and exact function of the travel system the surge currents in the travel system must be
determined for both travel directions. The surge currents are automatically determined after entering a
code number, so that no electric meter is required.
The surge currents must only be determined during initial commissioning in the factory, after a service
during which the control on a steering valve or the complete steering valve has been replaced and after
the replacement of the ESX-control.

The measurement is identical for both travel directions: After entering the respective code number the
current is increased by the control solenoid on the travel pump in steps of 5 mA, starting from 350 mA..
After each current increase the system waits for 3 seconds. If a considerable drum movement is
measured during the waiting time, the surge current is reached. In order to enhance the measuring
result this measurement is performed three times. The final surge current is the mean value of these
three measurements. This surge current is automatically stored and is valid from the next start of the
machine.

Before the measurement you should strictly make sure that the machine is parked on level
ground and has a sufficient distance for movement to front and back, because the machine will
move to the respective direction when performing the measurement.

Attention! It must be strictly assured that the speed sensor (in front right hand hydraulic motor) is
working correctly. For a function test enter code number I 0 2 at the display module. This code can be
used to display the number path pulses from the speed sensor. The displayed value must change
when the machine is driven.
If this value does not change even though the machine is moving, the measurement must not
be performed!
The state of the speed sensor must first be corrected, as otherwise the movement of the drum will not
be detected. (See also: „Resetting the surge currents in the travel system”)
Attention!
During the measurement the machine will move when the surge current is reached!
Do not leave the machine while the measurement is progressing!
During the measurement keep an eye on your environment!
To stop the machine reset the travel lever to neutral position!

The automatic measurement of the travel system surge currents is performed as follows:
• The seat must be adjusted for travel direction forward!
• The Speed Control function must be deactivated!
• The engine must run with full speed!
• Enter code number 6 6 0 . This code number activates the function „Automatic detection of travel
system surge currents“; the display permanently shows the value 6 6 0 . This code number must be
entered before performing the following steps. From this point the machine can no longer be
operated with the travel lever! The travel lever will only be in function again after stopping
and restarting the engine.
• Both measurements (forward/reverse) must be started by entering a code number. The code
numbers for both travel directions are:
•
Determine surge current for control forward 661
Determine surge current for control reverse 662

Continue on next page .

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Functions of ESX control Page 14 of 65

Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Functions of ESX control

• After entering one of the above code numbers the measurement will only start after moving the
travel lever to the respective travel direction.
• During the measurement the actual current is displayed (display value = current in mA).
• When the measurement is finished the value 0 0 0 is displayed.
When returning the travel lever to neutral position, code number 6 6 0 is displayed and the next
measurement can be started.
• Once both surge currents have been measured the machine must be shut down in order to switch
off the function „Automatic detection of travel system surge currents“. The new surge current values
for the travel system are valid from the next start.

Note: The new values will only become valid after restarting the machine!

4.11 Showing stored faults

This function is only available from software version 12!

Switch on function „Show stored faults“:

• Enter code number 7 0 0 . This code number enables the function „Show stored faults“.

Switch off function „Show stored faults“:

• Enter code number 7 0 I . This code number disables the function „Show stored faults“.

Note: Apart from the stored faults the current faults are also displayed.

4.12 Deletes all stored faults

This function is only available from software version 12!

Execute the function „Delete all stored faults“:

• The engine must not be running!
• Enter code number 7 1 0 . This code number deletes all stored faults.

Note: The stored faults can only be deleted when the engine is not running.

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Functions of ESX control Page 15 of 65

Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Functions of ESX control
4.13 Activation / deactivation of fault monitoring for output of
control chamber short circuit valve
This function is only available from software version 16 Rev. 1!

After the omission of the control chamber short circuit valve from machine types BW 180 AD and BW
184 AD the software must be adapted in version 14 Rev. 2. The older software versions monitor the
current flowing to the valve and report a fault if the current path is interrupted. In software version 14
Rev. 2 this fault detection is deactivated by default, so that the machine can be operated. The function
of the output was still maintained so that the new software can also be used for older machines. for
older machines with control chamber short circuit valve the fault monitoring system can additionally be
reactivated. The fault monitoring feature does not affect the normal function of the output in any way.

Activating the fault monitoring for output of control chamber short circuit valve
• Enter code number 6 8 0 . This code number activates the function „Parameter change for fault
monitoring control chamber short circuit valve“; the display permanently shows the value 6 8 0 . This
code number must be entered before performing the following steps.
• Enter code number 6 8 1 to activate the fault monitoring system. The indicator light goes out.
• Switch off the ignition of the machine. The fault monitoring feature is active from the next start.

If the fault monitoring feature is to be deactivated again, e.g. when changing a control from a machine
with control chamber short circuit valve to a machine without such a valve, the following procedure
must be applied.

Deactivating the fault monitoring for output of control chamber short circuit valve:
• Enter code number 6 8 0 . This code number activates the function „Parameter change for fault
monitoring control chamber short circuit valve“; the display permanently shows the value 6 8 0 . This
code number must be entered before performing the following steps.
• Enter code number 6 8 2 to deactivate the fault monitoring system. The indicator light goes out.
• Switch off the ignition of the machine. The fault monitoring feature is inactive from the next start.

Note: During the input the diesel engine of the machine should not be running!
A change to the fault monitoring feature for the output control chamber short circuit
valve will only become effective after the ignition has been switched off and on
again!

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Functions of ESX control Page 16 of 65

Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Functions of ESX control
4.14 Adjusting the crabwalk adjustment speed
This function is only available from software version 16 Rev. 2!

The crabwalk adjustment speed is limited by the software by default. In order to meet the demands for
a faster crabwalk adjustment we have created the possibility of a parameterization. There are two
speeds available, whereby the "slow" speed is adjusted as default. The adjustment speed is available
for both adjustment possibilities (switch in dashboard and push button in travel lever).

If a machine with "fast crabwalk adjustment" is to be refitted to the standard "slow crabwalk
adjustment", this speed can be readjusted.

Adjusting "slow crabwalk adjustment":

• Enter code number 6 2 5 . This code number activates the function „Parameter change for crabwalk
adjustment speed“; the display permanently shows the value 6 2 5 . This code number must be
entered before performing the following steps.
• Enter code number 6 2 6 for selection "slow crabwalk adjustment". The indicator light goes out.
• Switch off the ignition of the machine. With the next start the "slow crabwalk adjustment" is active.

Adjusting "fast crabwalk adjustment":

• Enter code number 6 2 5 . This code number activates the function „Parameter change for crabwalk
adjustment speed“; the display permanently shows the value 6 2 5 . This code number must be
entered before performing the following steps.
• Enter code number 6 2 7 for selection "fast crabwalk adjustment". The indicator light goes out.
• Switch off the ignition of the machine. With the next start the "fast crabwalk adjustment" is active.

Note: During the input the diesel engine of the machine should not be running!
Any change to the setting of the crabwalk adjustment speed will only become
effective after switching the ignition off and back on again!

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Functions of ESX control Page 17 of 65

Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Functions of ESX control
4.15 Seat contact monitoring
This function is only available from software version 16 Rev. 2!

Attention! The seat contact monitoring feature is a safety function !

Deactivation of the seat contact monitoring is at your own risk !
BOMAG does not recommend the deactivation of any safety functions !
For BOMAG employees it is generally prohibited to make any safety functions
ineffective !

In order to meet new regulations and comply with latest technical standards machines with latest
production dates are equipped with seat contact switches as standard. The purpose of the seat contact
monitoring feature is the controlled shut-down of the machine when the operator leaves his seat or
unintentionally moves the travel lever.
Case 1: If the system detects that the driver has left his seat while driving, the speed is immediately
reduced down to standstill with a predetermined deceleration rate. The brake is applied with a slight
delay, so that safe stopping is assured, even when driving downhill.
However, should the system detect that the seat is reoccupied during the deceleration, but before
standstill (short rising and sitting down again or similar), the deceleration process will be stopped and
the machine will gradually accelerate again to its previous speed.
Case 2: If the travel lever is moved out of neutral to one of the two travel directions, the machine will
not start to drive; the brake is closed.

Activating the seat contact monitoring:

• Enter code number 6 5 5 . This code number activates the function „Parameter change seat contact
monitoring“; the display permanently shows the value 6 5 5 . This code number must be entered
before performing the following steps.
• Enter code number 6 5 6 to activate the seat contact monitoring feature. The indicator light goes
out.
• Switch off the ignition of the machine. The seat contact monitoring feature will become active during
the next start; function as described above.

Deactivating the seat contact feature:

• Enter code number 6 5 5 . This code number activates the function „Parameter change seat contact
monitoring“; the display permanently shows the value 6 5 5 . This code number must be entered
before performing the following steps.
• Enter code number 6 5 7 to deactivate the seat contact monitoring feature. The indicator light goes
out.
Switch off the ignition of the machine. The fault monitoring feature is inactive from the next start.
Attention! You have deactivated a safety function!

Note: During the input the diesel engine of the machine should not be running!
Any change to the setting of the seat contact monitoring feature will only become
effective after switching the ignition off and back on again!

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Functions of ESX control Page 18 of 65

Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Functions of ESX control
4.16 Adjusting the chip spreader type
This function is only available from software version 16 Rev. 2!

For tandem rollers with pivot steering BOMAG offers two variants of chip spreaders:

• centrifugal spreaders and

• spreading beam or precision chip spreaders.

For comfortable control of the spreading beam type chip spreader (precision spreader) developed by
BOMAG the control must be adjusted accordingly. This adjustment then enables activation and
deactivation of the spreading process with the vibration push button (push button on the side) in the
travel lever. Another switch for the change-over between vibration and chip spreader operation, which
has to be actuated accordingly, is available (in the dashboard) This switch is also assessed by the
control, in order to detect the operating mode.

BW 170 family / drive of chip spreader by vibration pump:

Since the chip spreader is on this machines driven by the vibration pump, the machine cannot be used
with vibration when working in chip spreading mode.

BW 180 family / drive of chip spreader by charge pump for rear steering:
On these machines the chip spreader is driven by a gear pump, which also supplies the oil for the rear
steering system. For this reason the spreading beam type chip spreader also has the restriction that
steering of the rear drum is not possible when working in chip spreader mode, or the chip spreader can
only be activated when the steering mode „front steering“ is selected.

Activating the centrifugal chip spreader:

• Enter code number 6 3 5 . This code number activates the function „Adjusting chip spreader“; the
display permanently shows the value 6 3 5 . This code number must be entered before performing
the following steps.
• Enter code number 6 3 6 to activate the centrifugal chip spreader. The indicator light goes out.
• Switch off the ignition of the machine. The centrifugal chip spreader is active from the next start.

Activating the spreading beam type chip spreader:

• Enter code number 6 3 5 . This code number activates the function „Adjusting chip spreader“; the
display permanently shows the value 6 3 5 . This code number must be entered before performing
the following steps.
• Enter code number 6 3 7 to activate the spreading beam type chip spreader. The indicator light goes
out.
• Switch off the ignition of the machine. The spreading beam type chip spreader will become active
during the next start; function as described above.

Note: During the input the diesel engine of the machine should not be running!
Any change to the setting of the chip spreader type will only become effective after
switching the ignition off and back on again!

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Functions of ESX control Page 19 of 65

Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Functions of ESX control
4.17 Adjusting enhanced deceleration in travel system
This function is only available from software version 16 Rev. 2!

As a measure to comply with Swiss standards the deceleration ramp must be adapted so that it
matches the required deceleration values.
This function should only be used for the respective countries and is only effective in travel speed
range 3 of the 3-stage travel speed range selector switch or above stage 8 of the 24-stage speed
range selector switch. All other speed ranges remain unchanged.

Activating enhanced deceleration in travel system:

• Enter code number 6 7 0 . This code number activates the function „Adjusting deceleration in travel
system“; the display permanently shows the value 6 7 0 . This code number must be entered before
performing the following steps.
• Enter code number 6 7 2 to activate the enhanced deceleration in the travel system. The indicator
light goes out.
• Switch off the ignition of the machine. Enhanced deceleration in the travel system becomes
effective after the next start; function as described above.

Deactivating enhanced deceleration in travel system:

• Enter code number 6 7 0 . This code number activates the function „Adjusting deceleration in travel
system“; the display permanently shows the value 6 7 0 . This code number must be entered before
performing the following steps.
• Enter code number 6 7 1 to deactivate the enhanced deceleration in the travel system. The indicator
light goes out.
• Switch off the ignition of the machine. “Normal” deceleration in the travel system becomes effective
again after the next start; function as described above.

Note: During the input the diesel engine of the machine should not be running!
Any change to the setting of the deceleration in the travel system will only become
effective after switching the ignition off and back on again!

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Functions of ESX control Page 20 of 65

Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Functions of ESX control
4.18 Activating current series settings
This function is only available from software version 16 Rev. 2!

This function was introduced to ease adjustment work during initial start-up at BOMAG. It serves the
activation of the settings for the respective software version, e.g. seat contact monitoring, crabwalk
adjustment speed, etc.

It should be noted that this function can only be sensibly used during initial start-up at BOMAG,
because when changing a control it cannot be assured that the built state of the machine complies with
the series setting of the above mentioned functions determined by the software version.
We therefore highly recommend to adjust all functions individually when replacing a control.

Activating current series settings:

• Enter code number 6 9 5 . This code number activates the function „Series settings“; the display
permanently shows the value 6 9 5 . This code number must be entered before performing the
following steps.
• Enter code number 6 9 6 to activate the current series settings. The indicator light goes out.
• Switch off the ignition of the machine. The current series settings will be activated with the next
start.

Note: During the input the diesel engine of the machine should not be running!
The settings will only become active after the ignition has been switched off and on
again!

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Functions of ESX control Page 21 of 65

Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control

5 Description of the signals on the ESX-control

Notes:
1. Wherever the value of 12 V is mentioned in the following text, it refers to the current battery voltage
under due consideration of voltage drops in the lines.

ESX terminal Signal description Nominal values (voltage / current)

X1:1 AGND = Analogue ground: Ground potential for analogue signals approx. 0V measured against ground (31)
(travel lever, speed range selector, steering mode switch, angle
transducers ...)
X1:2 Output Override (emergency operation) Emergency operating function Voltage measured against ground
Digital output (max. 1A) Not active (control running) . approx. 12V
Active (control not running) . approx. 0V
X1:3 Output engine stop Engine stop function Voltage measured against ground
Digital output (max. 1A) Engine stop . approx. 0V
Engine running . ca. 12 V
X1:4 Interface RS232 RXD, not used for normal operation. Measurement not possible!
Communication interface for parameter changes
X1:5 Interface RS232 TXD, not used for normal operation. Measurement not possible!
Communication interface for parameter changes
X1:6 Input steering angle, rear Left hand stop . 4..8 mA
Analogue input / current input 0..20 mA Right hand stop . 16..20 mA
Straight ahead . 10..14 mA
X1:7 Input steering selector switch Position steering mode switch Voltage measured against AGND
Analogue input / voltage input 0..0,8 V Synchronized steering . 6,4..7,8V
Automatic steering . 5,1..6,2V
Steering front . 3,8..4,7V
Steering rear . 2,5..3,1V
Diagonal steering . 1,3..1,6V
X1:8 Input travel lever potentiometer Position of steering lever Voltage measured against AGND
Analogue input / voltage input 0..8.5 V maximum forward . 6,9..8,6V
Neutral position . 3,8..4,6V
maximum reverse . 0,5..0,9V
X1:9 Input proximity switch for seat position Seat adjusted to the front . 0,5..2mA
Analogue input / current input 0..20mA Seat adjusted to the rear . 12..20mA
X1:10 Output priority steering Output = 12V . no or minor/slow steering movements
Digital output (max. 4A) Output = 0V . major/fast steering movements
X1:11 not used -
Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 22 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control

ESX terminal Signal description Nominal values (voltage / current)

X1:12 Input Diesel engine speed Signal changes between approx. 0V and 12V, engine is running.
Digital input active low BW 180/184 without speedometer . frequency between approx. 270Hz
at 800 rpm and approx. 840Hz at 2500 rpm
BW 170/174 with speedometer . frequency between approx. 2kHz at
800 rpm and approx. 7.5kHz at 2600 rpm
X1:13 Input hydraulic oil filter Pressure switch for hydraulic oil Voltage measured against ground
Digital input active low Closed . approx. 0V
Open . approx. 12V
X1:14 Input speed transducer front right Signal changes between approx. 0V and 5V, when machine is driving.
Digital input active low
X1:15 Input engine oil pressure Engine oil pressure switch Voltage measured against ground
Digital input active low Closed . approx. 0V
Open . approx. 12V
X1:16 Input steering joystick left Steering joystick Voltage measured against ground
Digital input active high actuated to the left . ca. 12 V
not actuated . ca. 2 V
actuated to the right . ca. 2 V
X1:17 Input seat position switch Switch for seat position Voltage measured against ground
Digital input active low Position „front“ . approx. 0V
Position „rear“ . approx. 5V
X1:18 Input push button Speed Control Push button Speed Control Voltage measured against ground
Digital input active low Depressed . approx. 0V measured against
ground
Not depressed . approx. 5V measured against
ground
X1:19 Input travel lever switch reverse Position of travel lever Voltage measured against ground
Digital input active high Forward . approx. 2V
Neutral position . approx. 2V
Reverse . approx. 12V
X1:20 not used -
X1:21 Input chip spreader ( only on BW 170/174 ) Chip spreader function Voltage measured against ground
Digital input active high Spreading . approx. 12V
Not spreading . approx. 2V
X1:22 Input crabwalk push button Status of push button Voltage measured against AGND
Analogue input / voltage input 0..8.5 V Push button not pressed . 5,7..7,3V
Left button pressed . 4,1..5,3V
Right button pressed . 3,3..4,1V

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 23 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control

ESX terminal Signal description Nominal values (voltage / current)

Both buttons pressed . 2,6..3,3V
X1:23 Output transducer voltage supply Nominal voltage = 8,5V
This voltage is the supply for travel lever, travel speed range selector Permissible range: approx. 7,7..9,3V
switch, steering mode switch, angle transducers... . This voltage must be measured against AGND.
Without this voltage the control cannot work correctly and will switch to
override mode (emergency function).
X1:24 Output warning signal „long braking distance“ (Speed Control) Speed Control Voltage measured against ground
Digital output (max. 1A) Active . approx. 12V
Not active . approx. 0V
X1:25 Output control light for seat position Proximity switch for seat position and switch for seat position show
Digital output (max. 1A) identical seat position . approx. 0V measured against ground
Proximity switch for seat position and switch for seat position do not show
the same seat position . output voltage changes between approx. 0V
and approx. 12V, measured against ground, in one second intervals
X1:26 Interface CAN-Bus Wire -, in normal operation used to trigger the fault Measurement not possible!
display module.
Communication interface for parameter changes
X1:27 Interface CAN-Bus Wire +, in normal operation used to trigger the fault Measurement not possible!
display module.
Communication interface for parameter changes
X1:28 Input potential 15; digital input approx. 12V measured against ground . control working
This signal must be present, so that the control can work. approx. 0V measured against ground . control switched off
X1:29 Input potentiometer for interval sprinkling Potentiometer position Voltage measured against AGND
Analogue input / voltage input 0..8.5 V left hand stop (max. sprinkling quantity) 6,9..8,6V
right hand stop (min. sprinkling quantity)0,5..0,9V
X1:30 Input travel speed range switch 3-stage switch
Analogue input / voltage input 0..8.5 V Position speed range selector switch Voltage measured against AGND
1. Travel speed range . 5,4..7,4V
2. Travel speed range . 3,6..4,9V
3. Travel speed range . 1,8..2,5V
24-stage switch
Position speed range selector switch Voltage measured against AGND
left hand stop . 7,4..8,9V
zero position . 4,0..4,8V
right hand stop . 0,3..0,4V

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 24 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control

ESX terminal Signal description Nominal values (voltage / current)

X1:31 Input crabwalk stage switch Position crabwalk switch Voltage measured against AGND
Analogue input / voltage input 0..8.5 V left hand stop . 7,4..8,9V
zero position . 4,0..4,8V
right hand stop . 0,3..0,4V
X1:32 Input steering angle, front Right hand stop . 4..8 mA
Analogue input / current input 0..20 mA Left hand stop . 16..20 mA
Straight ahead . 10..14 mA
X1:33 not used -
X1:34 Input MD+ diesel engine Engine status Voltage measured against ground
Digital input active high running / is being started . approx. 12V
standstill . approx. 0V
X1:35 Input steering joystick right Steering joystick Voltage measured against ground
Digital input active high actuated to the right . approx. 12 V
not actuated . approx. 2 V
actuated to the left . approx. 2 V
X1:36 Input sensor bearing 2 track 1 Condition 1 . approx: 5V measured against AGND
Digital input active low Condition 0 . approx: 0V measured against AGND
This signal is used to detect the rotary movement of the steering wheel.
When turning the steering wheel slowly one can measure the digital
signals.
X1:37 Input sensor bearing 2 track 2 Condition 1 . approx: 5V measured against AGND
Digital input active low Condition 0 . approx: 0V measured against AGND
This signal is used to detect the rotary movement of the steering wheel.
When turning the steering wheel slowly one can measure the digital
signals.
X1:38 Input sensor bearing 1 track 1 Condition 1 . approx: 5V measured against AGND
Digital input active low Condition 0 . approx: 0V measured against AGND
This signal is used to detect the rotary movement of the steering wheel.
When turning the steering wheel slowly one can measure the digital
signals.
X1:39 Input sensor bearing 1 track 2 Condition 1 . approx: 5V measured against AGND
Digital input active low Condition 0 . approx: 0V measured against AGND
This signal is used to detect the rotary movement of the steering wheel.
When turning the steering wheel slowly one can measure the digital
signals.

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 25 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control

ESX terminal Signal description Nominal values (voltage / current)

X1:40 Input coolant temperature Coolant temperature switch Voltage measured against ground
Digital input active low Closed . approx. 0V
Open . approx. 12V
X1:41 Input travel lever switch forward Position of travel lever Voltage measured against ground
Digital input active high Forward . approx. 12V
Neutral position . approx. 2V
Reverse . approx. 2V
X1:42 not used -
X1:43 Output steering rear left permissible current range: approx. 0.. 1.8A
PWM digital output (max. 4 A)
X1:44 Seat contact switch Seat
occupied . approx. 12V
not occupied . approx. 0V
X1:45 Output vibration enabled (manual or automatic) Vibration Voltage measured against ground
Digital output (max. 4A) Switched on . approx. 12V
Switched off . approx. 0V
X1:46 Output steering front left permissible current range: approx. 0.. 1.8A
PWM digital output (max. 4 A)
X1:47 Output steering rear right permissible current range: approx. 0.. 1.8A
PWM digital output (max. 4 A)
X1:48 Output steering front right permissible current range: approx. 0.. 1.8A
PWM digital output (max. 4 A)
X1:49 Output travel pumps reverse permissible current range: approx. 0.35A.. 1.6A, when driving in this
PWM digital output (max. 4 A) direction, otherwise 0A
X1:50 Input vibration Vibration function manual:
Analogue input / voltage input 0..8.5 V Status of vibration push button Voltage measured against AGND
This input is used to select the function of vibration (manual or Push button not pressed . 5,7..7,3V
automatic) and to switch the vibration on and off if manual mode is Push button pressed . 4,1..5,3V
selected. Vibration function automatic:
Status of vibration push button Voltage measured against AGND
Push button not pressed . 3,3..4,1V
Push button pressed . 2,6..3,3V
X1:51 Output interval sprinkling Status of solenoid valve Voltage measured against ground
Digital output (max. 4A) Open . approx. 12 V
The interval solenoid valve is controlled in dependence on the travel Closed . approx. 0 V
speed:
slow travel . interval solenoid valve only opened for a short moment

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 26 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control

ESX terminal Signal description Nominal values (voltage / current)

fast travel . interval solenoid valve opened for a long while or opened
permanently
The sprinkler system can be tested by switching the sprinkler system
on and switching the sprinkling quantity potentiometer to maximum.
Under this condition the interval solenoid valve will be opened, even if
the machine is parked.
X1:52 Output control chamber short circuit Control chamber Voltage measured against ground
Digital output (max. 4A) Short circuit . approx. 0V
No short circuit . approx. 12 V
X1:53 not used -
X1:54 Voltage supply for electronics (permanent voltage) approx. 12V measured against ground . control working
approx. 0V measured against ground . control not working
X1:55 Ground connection electronics 0V measured against ground
X1:56 Voltage supply for outputs (permanent voltage) approx. 12V measured against ground
X1:57 Voltage supply for outputs (permanent voltage) approx. 12V measured against ground
X1:58 Voltage supply for outputs (permanent voltage) approx. 12V measured against ground
X1:59 Voltage supply for outputs (permanent voltage) approx. 12V measured against ground
X1:60 Voltage supply for outputs (permanent voltage) approx. 12V measured against ground
X1:61 Output crabwalk control light Crabwalk Voltage measured against ground
Digital output (max. 4A) Active . approx. 12V
Not active . approx. 0V
X1:62 Output to enable chip spreader Chip spreader function Voltage measured against ground
Digital output (max. 4A) Enable / spreading . approx. 12 V
Disabled / not spreading . approx. 0V
X1:63 Output brake Brake Voltage measured against ground
Digital output (max. 4A) Open . approx. 12V
Closed . approx. 0V
X1:64 Output travel pump forward permissible current range: approx. 0.35A.. 1.6A, when driving in this
PWM digital output (max. 4 A) direction, otherwise 0A
X1:65 not used -
X1:66 Output warning buzzer Warning buzzer Voltage measured against ground
Digital output (max. 4A) Warning / fault . approx. 12 V
No warning . approx. 0V
X1:67 not used -
X1:68 not used -

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 27 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control

6 Description of fault codes on the ESX control

Overview

Fault code Fault description

00I - 004 Fault output brake
0I0 - 0I3 Fault output control chamber
020 - 024 Fault travel lever
030 - 032 Fault input proximity switch for seat position
040 - 041 Fault input travel speed range switch
050 – 054 Fault output proportional solenoid forward
060 - 064 Fault output proportional solenoid reverse
070 – 072 Fault output engine stop
080 – 088 Messages from engine monitoring
I00 Fault input speed sensor
200 - 20I Fault input steering mode selector switch
2I0 - 2II Fault input crabwalk switch
220 - 22I Fault input crabwalk push button
230 Fault input steering joystick right
input steering joystick left
240 - 24I Fault steering wheel (sensor bearing)
250 – 257 Fault input angle transducer front
260 – 267 Fault input angle transducer rear
270 – 279 Fault output steering front
280 - 289 Fault output steering rear
300 - 30I Fault input vibration selection / vibration push button
3I0 – 3II Fault output to enable vibration
400 – 40I Fault input potentiometer for sprinkler system
410 – 4II Fault output interval sprinkling
500 - 50I Warning messages
560 - 562 Fault output sensor voltage supply
800 - 808 Fault messages „Not able to read parameters“
900 - 999 Fault message „Severe internal fault in control“

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 28 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control

Description of fault reactions

Fault reaction Description of fault reaction

1 Warning.
Fault code is displayed.
Audible signal in 5 second intervals.
Signal light in monitoring board lights in 5 second intervals.
2 Function affected, the faulty function is replaced by an emergency function.
Fault code is displayed.
Audible signal in 5 second intervals.
Signal light in monitoring board lights in 5 second intervals.
3 Partial function faulty, the partial function cannot be overridden by an emergency function.
After the occurrence of the fault the machine is stopped, after returning the travel lever to neutral the machine can move
again.
The machine can still be driven to a limited extent, but must be repaired by the service department as soon as possible.
Fault code is displayed.
Audible signal in 5 second intervals.
Signal light in monitoring board lights in 5 second intervals.
4 Partial function faulty, the partial function cannot be overridden by an emergency function.
The machine is no longer able to drive, e.g. because parts of the travel system are defective . the diesel engine is shut
down.
Fault code is displayed.
Audible signal in 1 second intervals.
Signal light in monitoring board lights in 1 second intervals.
5 Fatal fault. The function of the control can no longer be guaranteed.
Control is switched off.
The fault code is displayed, the signal light in the monitoring board is permanently on.
No audible signal!

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 29 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control
Detailed description of fault codes with description of possible reasons

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose
00I Output brake . Wire breakage in current path X1:63 - 5
No current flow out of this output . Current path connected to +12V
002 Output brake . Short circuit to ground in the current path X1:63 - 5
The current flow from this output is too high . . Coil from brake valve burned out
output was switched off!
003 Output brake . Current path connected to +12V X1:63 - 5
Although the output is switched off, voltage is
present
004 Output brake . Excessive current flow in current path, X1:63 - 5
The output switch was switched off because of a probably because of a defective coil or a short
too high temperature. As soon as the switch has circuit to ground
cooled down the output will be switched on again.

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 30 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose
0I0 Output control chamber . Wire breakage in current path X1:52 - 5
No current flow out of this output . Current path connected to +12V
0II Output control chamber . Short circuit to ground in the current path X1:52 - 5
The current flow from this output is too high . . Coil from control chamber short circuit valve
output was switched off! burned out
0I2 Output control chamber . Current path connected to +12V X1:52 - 5
Although the output is switched off, voltage is
present
0I3 Output control chamber . Excessive current flow in current path, X1:52 - 5
The output switch was switched off because of a probably because of a defective coil or a short
too high temperature. As soon as the switch has circuit to ground
cooled down the output will be switched on again.

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 31 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose
020 Input travel lever switch forward . One of the two travel lever switches is X1:19 020 3
Input travel lever switch reverse defective (permanently closed) X1:41
Plausibility problem on the travel lever switches; . Connection between both travel lever
the signals forward and reverse were detected at switches or inputs (probably a rubbed through
the same time. cable)
. One of the two diodes is defective
02I Input travel lever potentiometer . Wire breakage in current path X1:8 02I 3
The voltage applied to the input is below the . Current path has short circuit to ground
specified range (see signal description). . No voltage supply to travel lever
potentiometer
. Fuse FM 10 has tripped or wire breakage in
voltage supply current path
. Travel lever potentiometer defective
022 Input travel lever potentiometer . Current path connected to +12V X1:8 02I 3
The voltage applied to the input is above the . Travel lever potentiometer not connected to
specified range (see signal description). ground
. Travel lever potentiometer defective
023 Input travel lever potentiometer . Travel lever switch forward defective (does X1:8 020 3
Input travel lever switch forward not close) X1:19 02I
The signal forward from the travel lever switch . Wire breakage in current path to travel lever
was not detected, although the travel lever switch forward
potentiometer is actuated to forward . Travel lever potentiometer neutral setting
extremely de-adjusted (replace travel lever)
024 Input travel lever potentiometer . Travel lever switch reverse defective (does X1:8 020 3
Input travel lever switch reverse not close) X1:41 02I
The signal reverse from the travel lever switch . Wire breakage in current path to travel lever
was not detected, although the travel lever switch reverse
potentiometer is actuated to reverse . Travel lever potentiometer neutral setting
extremely de-adjusted (replace travel lever)

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 32 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose
030 Input proximity switch for seat position . Proximity switch defective X1:9 030 3
The current flowing to the input is in between the
ranges „seat to front“ and „seat to back“.
03I Input proximity switch for seat position . Wire breakage in current path to proximity X1:9 030 3
The current flowing to the input is below the valid switch for seat position
range (see signal description). . Current path has short circuit to ground
. No voltage supply to proximity switch
. Fuse F63 has tripped
. Current path for supply voltage is interrupted
. Proximity switch defective
032 Input proximity switch for seat position . Current path connected to +12V X1:9 030 3
The current flowing to the input is beyond the . Proximity switch defective
permissible range (see signal description).

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose
040 Input travel speed range switch . Wire breakage in current path X1:30 040 3
The voltage applied to the input is below the . Current path has short circuit to ground
specified range (see signal description). . Fuse FM 9 has tripped or wire breakage in
voltage supply current path
. Travel speed range switch defective
04I Input travel speed range switch . Current path connected to +12V X1:30 040 3
The voltage applied to the input is above the . Travel speed range switch not connected to
specified range (see signal description). ground
. Travel speed range switch defective

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 33 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose
050 Output proportional solenoid forward . Interturn fault in proportional solenoid forward X1:64 - 4
The resistance of the connected proportional (measure resistance)
solenoid is too low. . Current path has short circuit to ground
. Current path has non-permitted connection to
another current path
. incorrect solenoid (e.g. after changing a travel
pump)
05I Output proportional solenoid forward . higher contact resistances in current path to X1:64 - 4
The resistance of the connected proportional proportional solenoid forward
solenoid is too high or there is a connection to . Connection to another current path
+12V. . incorrect solenoid (e.g. after changing a travel
pump)

052 Output proportional solenoid forward . Current path connected to +12V X1:64 056 4
The voltage on this output does not show the
correct temporal course. A too high voltage is
measured.
053 Output proportional solenoid forward . Wire breakage in current path X1:64 - 4
No current flow out of this output . The solenoid has internal interruptions
(measure resistance / continuity)
. Contacts in solenoid valve plug are damaged
or bent apart
. incorrect solenoid (e.g. after changing a travel
pump)
054 Output proportional solenoid forward . Insufficient hydraulic pressure (charge X1:64 - 4
The function „Automatic detection of surge pressure too low)
current in forward travel“ was not able to detect . Hydraulic control of pump is jammed (test by
the surge current. operating manually)
. Drum is blocked, e.g. brake has not been
released.

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 34 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose
060 Output proportional solenoid reverse . Interturn fault in proportional solenoid reverse X1:49 - 4
The resistance of the connected proportional (measure resistance)
solenoid is too low. . Current path has short circuit to ground
. Current path has non-permitted connection to
another current path
. incorrect solenoid (e.g. after changing a travel
pump)
06I Output proportional solenoid reverse . higher contact resistances in current path to X1:49 - 4
The resistance of the connected proportional proportional solenoid reverse
solenoid is too high or there is a connection to . Connection to another current path
+12V. . incorrect solenoid (e.g. after changing a travel
pump)

062 Output proportional solenoid reverse . Current path connected to +12V X1:49 066 4
The voltage on this output does not show the
correct temporal course. A too high voltage is
measured.
063 Output proportional solenoid reverse . Wire breakage in current path X1:49 - 4
No current flow out of this output . The solenoid has internal interruptions
(measure resistance / continuity)
. Contacts in solenoid valve plug are damaged
or bent apart
. incorrect solenoid (e.g. after changing a travel
pump)
064 Output proportional solenoid reverse . Insufficient hydraulic pressure (charge X1:49 - 4
The function „Automatic detection of surge pressure too low)
current in reverse travel“ was not able to detect . Hydraulic control of pump is jammed (test by
the surge current. operating manually)
. Drum is blocked, e.g. brake has not been
released.

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 35 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose
070 Output engine shut down . Current path connected to +12V X1:3 070 3
Although the output is switched off, a voltage
higher than 5V is measured
07I Output engine shut down . Short circuit to ground in the current path X1:3 070 3
Although the output is switched off, a voltage . Coil in relay burnt out (short circuit)
lower than 5V is measured
072 Output engine shut down . Wire breakage in current path X1:3 070 3
The output should be connected to ground. . Coil in relay burnt out (interruption)
However, the measured output voltage is higher . Relay missing
than 0,3V.

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 36 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose
080 Engine has stalled, the brake closed . This fault message is only a note. If this - - 3
automatically and prevent the machine from message is displayed while the engine is
rolling downhill. running, the following signals should be
The engine stalled condition is detected from checked:
signals for MD+, engine oil pressure and engine . Check signal MD+
speed, if two of these three signal indicate . Check signal for engine oil pressure
“engine not running”. . Check signal for engine speed
08I Input diesel engine speed . Interruption in current path X1:12 090 1
The engine is running, but no diesel engine . Short circuit in current path
speed is measured. Measurement via terminal W:
The engine speed is measured either by the . V-belt broken
signal on generator terminal W (older machines) . Terminal W on generator defective
or via an engine speed sensor on the flywheel . Connections on generator faulty
(newer machines). Measurement via speed sensor:
. Sensor incorrectly adjusted (see instructions)
. Sensor defective
082 Input MD+ . Interruption in current path X1:34 08I 1
The engine is running, but the MD+ signal does . Current path has short circuit to ground
not indicate the status „engine running” (ground). . Generator module defective or MD+ circuit
defective
. V-belt broken
. Connections on generator faulty
. Generator defective
083 Input MD+ . Current path connected to +12V X1:34 08I 1
The engine is not running, but the MD+ signal . Generator module defective or MD+ circuit
indicates the status „engine running” (+12V). defective
. Connections on generator faulty
. Generator defective

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 37 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose
084 Input engine oil pressure . This message is a warning, giving the X1:15 082 1
The engine is running and the oil pressure signal operator enough time to move the machine
indicates „no engine oil pressure“. out of the danger area (e.g. road crossing)
before the engine is automatically shut down
after 10 seconds.

Should this message be displayed even

though engine oil pressure is available, the
following faults should be examined:
. Current path has short circuit to ground
. Pressure switch defective
085 The warning 084 was present for longer than 10 . This message shows that the engine oil X1:15 - 4
seconds, the engine was then automatically shut pressure has failed for more than 10 seconds
down. (see message 084) and that the engine was
automatically shut down for this reason.
086 Input hydraulic oil filter pressure differential switch . This message is a warning, giving the X1:13 083 1
One or both pressure differential switches operator enough time to move the machine
indicate pressure differential. out of the danger area (e.g. road crossing)
before the engine is automatically shut down
after 300 seconds.

Should this message be displayed even

though no differential pressure can been
measured, the following faults should be
examined:
. Current path has short circuit to ground
. one of the pressure switches is defective
087 The warning 086 was present for longer than 300 . This message indicates that a pressure X1:13 - 4
seconds, the engine was then automatically shut differential was detected at the filter which
down. lasted longer than 300 seconds (see
message 086) and the engine was therefore
automatically shut down.

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 38 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose
088 Input coolant temperature . This message shows that the coolant X1:40 084 1
The engine is running and the coolant temperature is too high. In order to avoid a
temperature signal indicates „temperature too further increase in temperature the vibration is
high“. switched off and the travel speed is limited to
4 km/h. Once the temperature has returned to
the normal range, the vibration can be
switched on again. The travel speed limitation
will only be removed after the travel lever has
been returned to neutral position.

Should this message be displayed even

though the coolant temperature is in a non-
critical range (e.g. machine is cold), you
should check the following faults:
. Current path has short circuit to ground
. Temperature switch defective

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 39 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose
I00 Input speed sensor . Plug not correctly plugged onto sensor X1:14 I00 1
No pulses from the speed sensor are detected, . Sensor not correctly assembled to the I02
even though the travel pump is actuated. hydraulic motor
. No voltage supply to sensor
. Fuse F88 has tripped
. Wire breakage in current path
. Current path has short circuit to ground
. Current path connected to +12V
. Wire breakage in current path for supply
voltage
. Sensor defective

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 40 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose
200 Input steering selector switch . Current path connected to +12V X1:7 200 3
The voltage applied to the input is above the . Steering mode selector switch not connected
specified range (see signal description). to ground
. Steering mode selector switch defective
20I Input steering selector switch . Wire breakage in current path X1:7 200 3
The voltage applied to the input is below the . Current path has short circuit to ground
specified range (see signal description). . Fuse FM 3 has tripped or wire breakage in
voltage supply current path
. Steering mode selector switch defective

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose
2I0 Input crabwalk switch . Current path connected to +12V X1:31 2I0 3
The voltage applied to the input is above the . Crabwalk switch not connected to ground
specified range (see signal description). . Crabwalk switch defective
2II Input crabwalk switch . Wire breakage in current path X1:31 2I0 3
The voltage applied to the input is below the . Current path has short circuit to ground
specified range (see signal description). . Fuse FM 8 has tripped or wire breakage in
voltage supply current path
. Crabwalk switch defective

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 41 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose
220 Input crabwalk push button . Current path connected to +12V X1:22 220 3
The voltage applied to the input is above the . Current path not connected to ground
specified range (see signal description). . Crabwalk push button(s) defective
22I Input crabwalk push button . Wire breakage in current path X1:22 220 3
The voltage applied to the input is below the . Current path has short circuit to ground
specified range (see signal description). . Fuse FM 10 has tripped or wire breakage in
voltage supply current path
. Crabwalk push button(s) defective

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose
230 Input steering joystick right . Connection to +12V in one of the two current X1:35 230 3
Input steering joystick left paths X1:16
The joystick positions left and right were detected . Connection between both current paths
at the same time. . One switch is defective (permanently closed)

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 42 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose
240 Input sensor bearing 1 track 1 . Wire breakage in one of the current paths X1:38 240 3
Input sensor bearing 1 track 2 . No supply voltage on one of the two sensor X1:39 24I
Input sensor bearing 2 track 1 bearings X1:36 242
Input sensor bearing 2 track 2 . One of the two fuses FM 4 or 5 has tripped X1:37 243
The detected pulse figures from sensor bearing 1 . Wire breakage in one of the two current paths
and sensor 2 differ by more than 10 pulses. for voltage supply
. The ground connection for one of the two
sensor bearings is interrupted
. one or both sensor bearing(s) is/are defective
24I Input sensor bearing 1 track 1 . Connections for track 1 and track 2 are mixed X1:38 244 3
Input sensor bearing 1 track 2 up (assembly/service) X1:39 245
Input sensor bearing 2 track 1 . Wire breakage in one of the current paths X1:36
Input sensor bearing 2 track 2 . No supply voltage on one of the two sensor X1:37
The detected senses of rotation of sensor bearing bearings
1 and sensor bearing 2 do not match. . One of the two fuses FM 4 or FM5 has tripped
. The ground connection for one of the two
sensor bearings is interrupted
. one or both sensor bearing(s) is/are defective

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 43 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose
250 Input angle sensor front . Current path connected to +12V X1:32 250 3
The current flowing through this input is higher . Front angle sensor defective
than the maximum value
25I Input angle sensor front . Wire breakage in current path to front angle X1:32 250 3
The current flowing through this input is lower sensor
than the minimum value . Transducer has no voltage supply (e.g. wire
breakage in current path for voltage supply)
. Fuse FM 6 has tripped
. Current path has short circuit to ground
. Front angle sensor defective
255 Input angle sensor front This message is a warning showing the service - 1
When calibrating the angle sensor the measured engineer that the current value for the left hand
current value for the left hand stop of the front stop is not within the expected range. This status
drum is outside the permissible range. mostly occurs when left and right hand stops are
mixed up or if a wrong code has been entered.
If this message is displayed even though the
drum has reached the left hand stop and the
correct code has been entered, you should
check the items listed under faults 2 5 0 and
251.

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 44 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose
256 Input angle sensor front This message is a warning showing the service - 1
When calibrating the angle sensor the measured engineer that the current value for the right hand
current value for the right hand stop of the front stop is not within the expected range. This status
drum is outside the permissible range. mostly occurs when left and right hand stops are
mixed up or if a wrong code has been entered.
If this message is displayed even though the
drum has reached the right hand stop and the
correct code has been entered, you should
check the items listed under faults 2 5 0 and
251.
257 Input angle sensor front This message is a warning showing the service - 1
When calibrating the angle sensor the measured engineer that the current value for the straight
current value for the straight ahead position of the ahead position is not within the expected range.
front drum is outside the permissible range. This status normally occurs if a wrong code has
been entered or the drum is not in straight ahead
position.
If this message is displayed even though the
drum is in straight ahead position and the correct
code has been entered, you should check the
items listed under faults 2 5 0 and 2 5 1 .

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 45 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose
260 Input angle sensor rear . Current path connected to +12V X1:6 260 3
The current flowing through this input is higher . Rear angle sensor defective
than the maximum value
26I Input angle sensor rear . Wire breakage in current path to rear angle X1:6 260 3
The current flowing through this input is lower sensor
than the minimum value . Transducer has no voltage supply (e.g. wire
breakage in current path for voltage supply)
. Fuse FM 6 has tripped
. Current path has short circuit to ground
. Rear angle sensor defective
265 Input angle sensor rear This message is a warning showing the service - - 1
When calibrating the angle sensor the measured engineer that the current value for the left hand
current value for the left hand stop of the rear stop is not within the expected range. This status
drum is outside the permissible range. mostly occurs when left and right hand stops are
mixed up or if a wrong code has been entered.
If this message is displayed even though the
drum has reached the left hand stop and the
correct code has been entered, you should
check the items listed under faults 2 & 0 and
2&1.

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 46 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose
266 Input angle sensor rear This message is a warning showing the service - - 1
When calibrating the angle sensor the measured engineer that the current value for the right hand
current value for the right hand stop of the rear stop is not within the expected range. This status
drum is outside the permissible range. mostly occurs when left and right hand stops are
mixed up or if a wrong code has been entered.
If this message is displayed even though the
drum has reached the right hand stop and the
correct code has been entered, you should
check the items listed under faults 2 & 0 and
2&1.
267 Input angle sensor rear This message is a warning showing the service - - 1
When calibrating the angle sensor the measured engineer that the current value for the straight
current value for the straight ahead position of the ahead position is not within the expected range.
rear drum is outside the permissible range. This status normally occurs if a wrong code has
been entered or the drum is not in straight ahead
position.
If this message is displayed even though the
drum has reached the straight ahead position
and the correct code has been entered, you
should check the items listed under faults 2 & 0
and 2 & 1 .

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 47 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose
270 Output steering front left . Current path connected to +12V X1:46 270 3
The voltage on this output does not show the
correct temporal course. A too high voltage is
measured.
27I Output steering front right . Current path connected to +12V X1:48 27I 3
The voltage on this output does not show the
correct temporal course. A too high voltage is
measured.
272 Output steering front left . Interturn fault in proportional solenoid X1:46 - 3
The voltage on this output does not show the (measure resistance)
correct temporal course. A too low voltage is . Current path has short circuit to ground
measured. . Current path has non-permitted connection to
another current path
. incorrect solenoid (e.g. after changing a
valve)
273 Output steering front right . Interturn fault in proportional solenoid X1:48 - 3
The voltage on this output does not show the (measure resistance)
correct temporal course. A too low voltage is . Current path has short circuit to ground
measured. . Current path has non-permitted connection to
another current path
. incorrect solenoid (e.g. after changing a
valve)
274 Output steering front left . Wire breakage in current path X1:46 - 3
No current flow out of this output . The solenoid has internal interruptions
(measure resistance / continuity)
. higher contact resistances in current path
. Contacts in solenoid valve plug are damaged
or bent apart
. incorrect solenoid (e.g. after changing a
valve)

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 48 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose
275 Output steering front right . Wire breakage in current path X1:46 - 3
No current flow out of this output . The solenoid has internal interruptions
(measure resistance / continuity)
. higher contact resistances in current path
. Contacts in solenoid valve plug are damaged
or bent apart
. incorrect solenoid (e.g. after changing a
valve)
276 Output steering front left . Control for right / left is mixed up X1:46 - 3
The front left hand output is triggered, however, . Hydraulic connections mixed up by mistake X1:48
the drums steers to the right or does not steer at . Insufficient hydraulic pressure (pressure relief
all. valve set too low)
. Hydraulic valve jammed (test by manual
operation)
277 Output steering front right . Control for right / left is mixed up X1:48 - 3
The front right hand output is triggered, however, . Hydraulic connections mixed up by mistake X1:46
the drums steers to the right or does not steer at . Insufficient hydraulic pressure (pressure relief
all. valve set too low)
. Hydraulic valve jammed (test by manual
operation)
278 Output steering front left . Insufficient hydraulic pressure (pressure relief - - 3
The function „Automatic detection of surge valve set too low)
currents“ was not able to detect the surge current. . Hydraulic valve jammed (test by manual
operation)
. Drum is blocked or at end stop.
279 Output steering front right . Insufficient hydraulic pressure (pressure relief - - 3
The function „Automatic detection of surge valve set too low)
currents“ was not able to detect the surge current. . Hydraulic valve jammed (test by manual
operation)
. Drum is blocked or at end stop.

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 49 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose
280 Output steering rear left . Current path connected to +12V X1:43 280 3
The voltage on this output does not show the
correct temporal course. A too high voltage is
measured.
28I Output steering rear right . Current path connected to +12V X1:47 - 3
The voltage on this output does not show the
correct temporal course. A too high voltage is
measured.
282 Output steering rear left . Interturn fault in proportional solenoid X1:43 - 3
The voltage on this output does not show the (measure resistance)
correct temporal course. A too low voltage is . Current path has short circuit to ground
measured. . Current path has non-permitted connection to
another current path
. incorrect solenoid (e.g. after changing a
valve)
283 Output steering rear right . Interturn fault in proportional solenoid X1:47 - 3
The voltage on this output does not show the (measure resistance)
correct temporal course. A too low voltage is . Current path has short circuit to ground
measured. . Current path has non-permitted connection to
another current path
. incorrect solenoid (e.g. after changing a
valve)
284 Output steering rear left . Wire breakage in current path X1:43 - 3
No current flow out of this output . The solenoid has internal interruptions
(measure resistance / continuity)
. higher contact resistances in current path
. Contacts in solenoid valve plug are damaged
or bent apart
. incorrect solenoid (e.g. after changing a
valve)

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 50 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose
285 Output steering rear right . Wire breakage in current path X1:43 - 3
No current flow out of this output . The solenoid has internal interruptions
(measure resistance / continuity)
. higher contact resistances in current path
. Contacts in solenoid valve plug are damaged
or bent apart
. incorrect solenoid (e.g. after changing a
valve)
286 Output steering rear left . Control for right / left is mixed up X1:43 - 3
The rear left hand output is triggered, however, . Hydraulic connections mixed up by mistake X1:47
the drums steers to the right or does not steer at . Insufficient hydraulic pressure (pressure relief
all. valve set too low)
. Hydraulic valve jammed (test by manual
operation)
287 Output steering rear right . Control for right / left is mixed up X1:47 - 3
The rear right hand output is triggered, however, . Hydraulic connections mixed up by mistake X1:43
the drums steers to the left or does not steer at . Insufficient hydraulic pressure (pressure relief
all. valve set too low)
. Hydraulic valve jammed (test by manual
operation)
288 Output steering rear left . Insufficient hydraulic pressure (pressure relief - - 3
The function „Automatic detection of surge valve set too low)
currents“ was not able to detect the surge current. . Hydraulic valve jammed (test by manual
operation)
. Drum is blocked or at end stop.
289 Output steering rear right . Insufficient hydraulic pressure (pressure relief - - 3
The function „Automatic detection of surge valve set too low)
currents“ was not able to detect the surge current. . Hydraulic valve jammed (test by manual
operation)
. Drum is blocked or at end stop.

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 51 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose
300 Input vibration selection / vibration push button . Current path connected to +12V X1:50 300 2
The voltage applied to the input is above the . Circuitry not connected to ground
specified range (see signal description).
30I Input vibration selection / vibration push button . Wire breakage in current path X1:50 300 2
The voltage applied to the input is below the . Current path has short circuit to ground
specified range (see signal description). . Fuse FM 10 has tripped or wire breakage in
voltage supply current path
310 Output vibration enable . Current path connected to +12V X1:45 310 1
Although the output is switched off, a voltage
higher than 5V is measured
311 Output vibration enable . Short circuit to ground in the current path X1:45 310 1
Although the output is switched off, a voltage . Coil in pump control burnt out (short circuit)
lower than 5V is measured

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose
340 Output to enable chip spreader . Current path connected to +12V X1:62 340 1
Although the output is switched off, a voltage
higher than 5V is measured
341 Output to enable chip spreader . Short circuit to ground in the current path X1:62 340 1
Although the output is switched off, a voltage . Coil in valve control burnt out (short circuit)
lower than 5V is measured
350 Output priority steering . Current path connected to +12V X1:10 350 1
Although the output is switched off, a voltage
higher than 5V is measured
351 Output priority steering . Short circuit to ground in the current path X1:10 350 1
Although the output is switched off, a voltage . Coil in valve control burnt out (short circuit)
lower than 5V is measured

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 52 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose
400 Input sprinkler system potentiometer . Current path connected to +12V X1:29 400 2
The voltage applied to the input is above the . Potentiometer not connected to ground
specified range (see signal description).
40I Input sprinkler system potentiometer . Wire breakage in current path X1:29 400 2
The voltage applied to the input is below the . Current path has short circuit to ground
specified range (see signal description). . Fuse FM 2 has tripped or wire breakage in
voltage supply current path
410 Output interval sprinkling . Current path connected to +12V X1:51 410 1
Although the output is switched off, a voltage
higher than 5V is measured
411 Output interval sprinkling . Short circuit to ground in the current path X1:51 410 1
Although the output is switched off, a voltage . Coil in valve control burnt out (short circuit)
lower than 5V is measured

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose
500 Warning message „Driving against brake“. - - - 1
Entering code 5 0 0 activated the function
„Driving against brake”. This messages is
intended to remind you of this condition. The
function „Driving against brake“ can be disabled
by switching the ignition off and entering code
50I.

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 53 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose
560 Output sensor voltage supply . Current path connected to +12V X1:23 560 5
The voltage applied to the output is higher than
10V.
561 Output sensor voltage supply . Current path connected to ground X1:23 560 5
The voltage applied to the output is lower than
5V.
562 Output Override (emergency operation) . Fuse F67 has tripped or wire breakage in X1:2 - 5
A voltage of 12V should be present at the output, current path for voltage supply to control
however, the measured voltage is lower than 5V. (X1:56 - X1:60)
. Current path has short circuit to ground

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose
800 Fault messages „Not able to read parameters“ - - - 3
- This fault message means that the parameters
808 could not be loaded from the parameter memory.
However, the machine can still be moved, but
should be checked as soon as possible. This
faults cannot be repaired on the machine; the
control needs to be replaced.

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 54 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of fault codes on ESX control

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose
900 Fault message „Severe internal fault in control“ - - - 5
- The machine can only be moved in emergency
999 mode. The control has automatically switched off.
This fault cannot be rectified on the machine. The
control must be immediately replaced.

Fault Fault description Possible cause Terminal Input Fault

code on ESX code for reaction
diagnose
Ct0 Display module has no connection to ESX- . Wire breakage in bus lines X1:26 - -
control. . Short circuit between bus lines X1:27
. One or both bus line(s) has (have) connection
to +12V or ground

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of fault codes on ESX control Page 55 of 65
Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of input codes on control

7 Input codes for ESX control

Input code Description of display function Display values Ð
000 All display functions disabled. - Ð
020 Shows the condition of the travel lever switches. I 0 0 . Switch forward operated Ð
0 0 0 . no switch actuated; zero position
0 0 I . Switch reverse operated
I 0 I . Switches forward and reverse operated . fault
02I Shows the voltage on the input travel lever potentiometer. Display value / 100 = voltage in V Ð
022 Shows standardized travel lever position Value range: 1000...-1000 Ð
1000 = max. actuation forward
0 = zero position
-1000 = max. actuation reverse
Note: Due to the abilities of the display module only values from
0 0 0 . . - 9 9 9 can be displayed. (See also description of display
module)
030 Display current from input proximity switch for seat position. Display value / 10 = current in mA Ð
03I Shows seat position determined by proximity switch I 0 0 . seat position front Ð
0 0 I . seat position rear
032 Shows seat position determined by the seat position switch I 0 0 . seat position front Ð
0 0 I . seat position rear
035 Shows voltage at input seat contact switch Display value / 100 = voltage in V Ð
036 Shows status of seat contact switch 0 0 0 . Seat not occupied Ð
0 0 I . Seat occupied
040 Shows the voltage on the input for speed range selector switch. Display value / 100 = voltage in V Ð
04I Shows selected travel speed range. Display value = speed range. Ð
Possible values: 1, 2, 3
Left hand stop . speed range 1
Right hand stop . speed range 3
042 Speed limitation because overheating of engine 0 0 0 . No limitation of speed Ð
0 0 I . Limitation of speed
043 Displays max. speed Display value = max. speed in km/h Ð
045 Shows status of Speed Control push button. 0 0 0 . Push button not pressed Ð
0 0 I . Push button pressed
046 Shows status of Speed Control function. 0 0 0 . Speed Control switched off Ð
0 0 I . Speed Control switched on

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of input codes on control Page 56 of 65

Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of input codes on control

Input code Description of display function Display values Ð

050 Shows specified current value of proportional solenoid forward. Display value x 10mA = current Ð
05I Shows actual current value of proportional solenoid forward. Display value = current in mA Ð
056 Show voltage on output proportional solenoid forward. . Only makes Display value / 10 = voltage in V Ð
sense for trouble shooting in case of fault 0 5 2 .
060 Shows specified current value of proportional solenoid reverse. Display value x 10mA = current Ð
06I Shows actual current value of proportional solenoid reverse. Display value = current in mA Ð
066 Shows voltage on output proportional solenoid reverse. . Only makes Display value = current in mA Ð
sense for trouble shooting in case of fault 0 6 2 .
070 Shows voltage on output “engine off” Display value / 10 = voltage in V Ð
080 Shows status of engine. 0 0 0 . Engine not running Ð
0 0 I . Engine running
08I Shows status of input MD+. 0 0 0 . MD+ not present (input connected to ground) Ð
0 0 I . MD+ present (input on +12V)
082 Shows status of input engine oil pressure. 0 0 0 . No engine oil pressure present Ð
0 0 I . Engine oil pressure applied
083 Shows status of input hydraulic return flow filter. 0 0 0 . Hydraulic oil filter soiled Ð
0 0 I . Hydraulic oil filter OK
084 Shows status of input coolant temperature. 0 0 0 . Coolant temperature too high Ð
0 0 I . Coolant temperature OK
090 Shows diesel engine speed. Display value x I0 = engine speed in rpm Ð
I00 Shows speed. Display value / 10 = max. speed in km/h Ð
I02 Shows number of pulses from speed input. Number of pulses; display jumps from 9 9 9 back to 0 0 0 Ð
200 Shows the voltage on the input steering mode selector switch. Display value / 100 = voltage in V Ð
20I Shows the adjusted stage of steering mode selector switch. Stage I...5; left hand stop = I Ð
2I0 Shows the voltage on the input for crabwalk switch. Display value / 100 = voltage in V Ð
2II Shows the adjusted stage of crabwalk switch. Stage I...24; left hand stop = I Ð
220 Shows the voltage on the input crabwalk push button (travel lever). Display value / 100 = voltage in V Ð
222 Shows function of crabwalk button (travel lever). 0 0 0 = no push button pressed Ð
0 0 1 = right hand button pressed
1 0 0 = left hand button pressed
1 0 1 = both buttons pressed

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of input codes on control Page 57 of 65

Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of input codes on control

Input code Description of display function Display values Ð

230 Shows status of steering joystick. 0 0 0 . Steering joystick not actuated Ð
0 0 I . Steering joystick actuated to the right
I 0 0 . Steering joystick actuated to the left
I 0 I . Both directions actuated together . fault
240 Shows number of pulses from input steering wheel sensor bearing 1 track Display jumps from 9 9 9 back to 0 0 0 Ð
1
24I Shows number of pulses from input steering wheel sensor bearing 1 track Display jumps from 9 9 9 back to 0 0 0 Ð
2
242 Shows number of pulses from input steering wheel sensor bearing 2 track Display jumps from 9 9 9 back to 0 0 0 Ð
1
243 Shows number of pulses from input steering wheel sensor bearing 2 track Display jumps from 9 9 9 back to 0 0 0 Ð
2
244 Shows sense of rotation of steering wheel sensor bearing 1. 0 0 I . Turn right Ð
I 0 0 . Turn left
0 0 0 . undefined . fault
245 Shows sense of rotation of steering wheel sensor bearing 2. 0 0 I . Turn right Ð
I 0 0 . Turn left
0 0 0 . undefined . fault
250 Shows current from input front angle sensor. Display value / 10 = current in mA Ð
260 Shows current from input rear angle sensor. Display value / 10 = current in mA Ð
270 Shows voltage at output steering front left. Display value / 10 = voltage in V Ð
. Only makes sense for trouble shooting in case of fault 2 7 0 .
27I Shows voltage at output steering front right. Display value / 10 = voltage in V Ð
. Only makes sense for trouble shooting in case of fault 2 7 1 .
280 Shows voltage at output steering rear left. Display value / 10 = voltage in V Ð
. Only makes sense for trouble shooting in case of fault 2 8 0 .
28I Shows voltage at output steering rear right. Display value / 10 = voltage in V Ð
. Only makes sense for trouble shooting in case of fault 2 8 1 .
300 Shows the voltage on the input vibration push button. Display value / 100 = voltage in V Ð
30I Shows the status of vibration. 0 0 0 . Vibration off Ð
0 0 I . Vibration on
302 Shows vibration mode. 0 0 0 . Automatic Ð
0 0 I . Manual
3I0 Shows the voltage on the output vibration. Display value / 10 = voltage in V Ð
330 Shows status at output chip spreader. 0 0 0 . Chip spreader output active Ð

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of input codes on control Page 58 of 65

Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of input codes on control

Input code Description of display function Display values Ð

0 0 I . Chip spreader output not active
331 Shows the voltage on the input chip spreader. Display value / 10 = voltage in V Ð
Only possible on BW 170/174!
340 Shows the voltage on the output enable chip spreader. Display value / 10 = voltage in V Ð
350 Shows the voltage on the output steering priority chip spreader. Display value / 10 = voltage in V Ð
360 Shows the voltage on the output “override”. Display value / 10 = voltage in V Ð
400 Shows the voltage on the input potentiometer for sprinkler system. Display value / 100 = voltage in V Ð
4I0 Shows the voltage on the output water sprinkling system. Display value / 10 = voltage in V Ð
500 Switch on function „Against brake“ No display, only input code Ð
50I Switch off function „Against brake“ No display, only input code Ð
555 Shows the software version number. 3-digit version number Ð
560 Shows 8.5V voltage supply Display value / 100 = voltage in V Ð
56I Shows 12V voltage supply Display value / 10 = voltage in V Ð
600 Switch on function „Calibration of angle transducers“. See adjustment instructions ! Ð
60I Input for „front drum left hand stop“ See adjustment instructions ! Ð
602 Input for „front drum straight ahead position“ See adjustment instructions ! Ð
603 Input for „front drum right hand stop“ See adjustment instructions ! Ð
6II Input for „rear drum left hand stop“ See adjustment instructions ! Ð
6I2 Input for „rear drum straight ahead position“ See adjustment instructions ! Ð
6I3 Input for „rear drum right hand stop“ See adjustment instructions ! Ð
620 Switch off function „Calibration of angle transducers“. See adjustment instructions ! Ð
625 Enabling code for parameter change crabwalk adjustment speed See adjustment instructions ! Ð
626 Input code for slow crabwalk movement See adjustment instructions ! Ð
627 Input code for fast crabwalk movement See adjustment instructions ! Ð
630 Activation of function „Learn surge currents automatically“ No display; only input code Ð
631 Start function „Learn front left hand surge currents automatically“ See adjustment instructions ! Ð
632 Start function „Learn front right hand surge currents automatically“ See adjustment instructions ! Ð
633 Start function „Learn rear left hand surge currents automatically“ See adjustment instructions ! Ð
634 Start function „Learn rear right hand surge currents automatically“ See adjustment instructions ! Ð
635 Activate function „Adjust chip spreader type“ See adjustment instructions ! Ð
636 Activate standard chip spreader (centrifugal spreader) See adjustment instructions ! Ð
637 Activate spreading beam type chip spreader (precision spreader) See adjustment instructions ! Ð
650 Enabling code for parameter change travel speed range selector switch See adjustment instructions ! Ð
651 Speed range selector switch: Adjust 3-stage switch See adjustment instructions ! Ð

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of input codes on control Page 59 of 65

Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Description of input codes on control

Input code Description of display function Display values Ð

652 Speed range selector switch: Adjust 24-stage switch See adjustment instructions ! Ð
655 Enabling code for parameter change seat contact See adjustment instructions ! Ð
656 Activate seat contact See adjustment instructions ! Ð
657 Deactivate seat contact See adjustment instructions ! Ð
660 Activation of function „Learn travel system surge currents automatically“ No display; only input code Ð
661 Start function „Learn surge currents travel system forward automatically“ See adjustment instructions ! Ð
662 Start function „Learn surge currents travel system reverse automatically“ See adjustment instructions ! Ð
665 Enable function „Reset surge currents in travel system” See adjustment instructions ! Ð
666 Resetting „surge currents in travel system“ See adjustment instructions ! Ð
670 Enable parameter change for deceleration in travel system See adjustment instructions ! Ð
67I Deactivating enhanced deceleration in travel system See adjustment instructions ! Ð
672 Activating enhanced deceleration in travel system See adjustment instructions ! Ð
680 Enabling code for parameter change „Fault monitoring control chamber See adjustment instructions ! Ð
short circuit valve“
681 Activate fault monitoring control chamber short circuit valve See adjustment instructions ! Ð
682 Deactivate fault monitoring control chamber short circuit valve See adjustment instructions ! Ð
695 Enable function „Series settings“ See adjustment instructions ! Ð
696 Perform function „Activate current series settings“ See adjustment instructions ! Ð
700 Switches on function „Show stored faults“ See adjustment instructions ! Ð
701 Switches off function „Show stored faults“ See adjustment instructions ! Ð
710 Deletes all stored faults See adjustment instructions ! Ð
720 Shows machine type Coded machine type => see adjustment instructions! Ð
725 Activates function „Change machine type“ See adjustment instructions ! Ð
726 Confirms function „Change machine type“ See adjustment instructions ! Ð
730 Machine type Machine type unknown Ð
731 Machine type Machine type BW 170 Ð
732 Machine type Machine type BW 174 Ð
733 Machine type Machine type BW 170_2 Ð
740 Machine type Machine type BW 180 Ð
74I Machine type Machine type BW 180_2 Ð

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Description of input codes on control Page 60 of 65

Author: H.Müller / TK; R. Laux / TE
Training BW170-184 Terminology
8 Terminology in connection with ESX
Short circuit
A direct, unwanted connection between two different cables or between machine and cables.
Examples:
Two lines rub against each other until the insulation has worn off.
A conductive line rubs off the insulation at the vehicle ground.

Wire breakage
This generally means that a connection is interrupted. Possible reasons may be:

Line:
• torn (not necessarily visible from outside)
• rubbed through
• chafed mostly in connection with a short circuit to ground

Terminal, cable lug

• loosened, slipped off
• broken off,
• corroded,
• socket / plug faulty

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Terminology Page 61 of 65

Author: H. Müller / TK
Training BW170-184 Terminology
Short circuit to ground
Line, terminal has direct connection to vehicle ground, often in connection with wire breakage

Digital
There are only two permissible states, e.g. switched on or off; lamp on / off; current flows /
does not flow; valve open / closed (black-white valve)

Analogue
In contrast to Digital many conditions are permitted within a certain range. For instance room
temperature 0° to 40°; current 4mA to 20mA; voltage 0V to 8,5V; resistance 100 Ω to 300 Ω;
valve 0% to 100% opened (proportional valve)

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Terminology Page 62 of 65

Author: H. Müller / TK
Training BW170-184 Terminology
Control
Controlling describes the process during which an input value influences a distance (the
value to be controlled), following a fixed command. For this purpose all possible interfering
factors (e.g. temperature, humidity ...) must be known.

Disturbance (z)

Input Output
Control Distance

Closed loop control

Closed loop control is a process during which a value, the closed loop control value (e.g.
pressure), is continually measured and compared with a nominal value (guide value). The
result of this comparison will affect the closed loop control value, thereby adapting the closed
loop control value to the guide value.
This sequence occurs in a closed circuit, the so-called closed loop control circuit.

Disturbance (z)

Input (w) Output (y)

Control Distance

Marking Closed loop control Control

Operating path: closed open
(closed loop control circuit) (control chain)
Measurement and Value to be adjusted is Values to be controlled
comparison of value to measured and compared. are not measured and
be adjusted: compared.
Reaction to faults Counteracts to all faults Does not respond to
(generally): targeting the system to be unknown faults
controlled.
Technical expense: Low expense: High expense if many
Measurement of the value to faults have to be
be controlled, comparison of considered, low expense
nominal and actual value, if not faults occur.
power amplification
Performance in For unstable systems closed In unstable systems
unstable systems loop controls must be used. controls cannot be used.

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Terminology Page 63 of 65

Author: H. Müller / TK
Training BW170-184 Terminology
Current and voltage measurement

Ohm’s law:
U =R∗I
U = Voltage
R = Resistance U
I = Current
I=
R
U
R=
I
Plausibility check
The control (ESX) runs a plausibility check on all inputs. This means the control checks
permanently whether certain state combinations are permitted; e.g. travel lever position
forward and reverse will cause an fault message, because this condition is normally not
possible.

Override / emergency operation

In the event of a major fault the control will switch off and the override function will take over.
This has the effect that the machine can still be moved with reduced speed and steered with
the joystick. In addition, the sprinkler system remains permanently switched on and driving
with vibration is also possible.

GND - AGND
Besides the „normal“ battery ground (terminal 31) in the vehicle there is an additional
analogue ground, which is only to be used for sensors. (see description of the signals on the
ESX-control)

PWM – digital output

Certain outputs on the ESX are designed as so-called PWM – digital outputs. This means
that these outputs are special current outputs. Here it is possible to measure a current, but
no voltage. These outputs are used to trigger proportional valves.

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Terminology Page 64 of 65

Author: H. Müller / TK
Training BW170-184 Version history
9 Version history
Version 16 / Rev 0:
• Display codes 330, 331, 340, 350, 360, 680, 681, 682, 720, 725, 726, 731, 732, 740 added.
• Fault description adapted to BW170 (generator terminal W, generator module)
• Signal description Pin 21 for input chip spreader BW 170/174 added.
• Signal description for digital signals adapted.
• Adjustment of machine type (3.4) added
• Text mark „Authors“ prepared on page 1; text mark references on all other pages!

Version 16 / Rev 1:
• Water sprinkling intervals were adapted to the requirements in the field (water consumption too
high). The time for one cycle (activation and deactivation phase) was extended to 15 seconds. The
minimum activation time (pulse time) was set to 4,2% (complies with 0,63 seconds).
• The BW180 automatically detects whether the speed pulses of the diesel engine speed detection
are picked up at the flywheel (159 pulses per revolution) or at terminal W (17 pulses per
revolution). The pulse rate of the software is then automatically adapted.

Version 16 / Rev 2:
• Signal description Pin 44 for input seat contact was added
• Input codes
35, 36, 37,
625, 626, 627,
635, 636, 637,
655, 656, 657,
670, 671, 672,
695, 696 were added
• Description of function "Adjusting the crabwalk adjustment speed" was added
• Description of function "Seat contact monitoring" was added
• Description of function “Adjustment of chip spreader type” was added
• Description of function “Adjusting enhanced deceleration of travel system” was added
• Description of function “Activation of current series settings” was added
• „What to do when .... „ inserted in chapter 3
• Automatic vibration improved, vibration will no longer overrun at standstill.
• Speed Control function; for machines of type BW170/174 we received a few complaints
concerning a too long standstill period. The limits for the automatic detection of surge currents in
the travel system were changed; the standstill period was considerably reduced, without excessive
contraction of the machine.
• Triggering of the display module was changed, because isolated problems were reported: „...no
input of codes possible on the display..“.

Status: 24. Oktober 2002 Version history Page 65 of 65

Author: H. Müller / TK
Inhaltsverzeichnis: BW 180 Familie, BW 170 Familie
table of contents: BW 180 family, BW 170 family
Blatt Nr.: Zeichnungsnummer
Funktionsgruppe function unit
sheet no.: drawing − no.
001 870 100 14 Stromlaufplan Circuit Diagram
002 870 100 14 Versorgung, Starten, Steckdose, Betriebsstundenzähler supply, starting unit, socket, engine hour meter
003 870 100 14 Überwachung monitoring unit
004 870 100 14 Bremse, Signalhorn, Tür, Luftklappe brake, warning horn, door, air shut off valve
005 870 100 14 Vibration, Omegameter vibration, omega meter
006 870 100 14 Hundegang, Lenkung crab walk, steering
007 870 100 14 Fahren, Rückfahrwarnsummer travel system, warning equipment
008 870 100 14 Berieselung sprinkler system
009 870 100 14 Drehzahlverstellung, Klimaanlage, Heizung motor speed, system/air conditioning, heating
010 870 100 14 Kantenschneidgerät, Splittstreuer BW180 Familie edge cutter, chip spreader BW180 familiy
011 870 100 14 Splittstreuer BW 170 Familie chip spreader BW 170 family
012 870 100 14 Frequenz−/Geschwindigkeitsanzeige, Tachograph frequenzy−and speedometer, tachograph, temperature asphalt
013 870 100 14 ZA/ Blinkbegrenzung, Arbeitsbeleuchtung (StVZO) option/ illumination, working light (StVZO)
014 870 100 14 Variomatic, Bandage geteilt variomatic, roller drum, 2 halves
015 870 100 14 Kabine cab
016 870 100 14 XENON−Arbeitsscheinwerfer XENON worklamp
017 870 100 14 Elektrokasten cross−boonding box
018 870 100 14 Elektrokasten cross−bonding box
019 870 100 14 Elektrokasten cross−bonding box
101 870 100 14 Bauteilliste component listing

3.9.2001
Kneip Stromlaufplan 001 001 870 100 14
3.9.2001 circuit diagram
Nallin 870 100 15 001
K11:30 2
2:7
X2:79−1
30
X2:80−1 K11
2:9
X2:84−1
Sicherung F05 F67 F84 87
X2:83−1 fuse 2 K11 3:1
X2:87−1 30 8:17 X2:84−2 X2:80−2 X2:79−2 X2:65−1
K32 15:1 Sicherung F01 X2:214 F14 Sicherung
X2:91−1 2 fuse fuse
X2:90−1 X2:83−2 X15:8 11 X2:65−2 F14 3:11
P0123 30
X2:86−1 X2:88−1 F93 14:9 S00 S01 ZA
P01 4:5 11 X2:259

X2:27

X2:28
X2:29
12 option Schalter Not−Aus, links
X2:81−2 2 K11:30 2:7 X15:9 emergency stop switch, lh.
S125
Zündstartschalter 2 2
X2:82−1 X2:82−2 ignition switch 15 54 58 19 17 50a
2 7 12 X2:259b
X2:85−1 F105 9:1 5
15 15:1 K103
X2:76−1 2:19 X2:259c Schalter Not−Aus, rechts
X2:81−1 F15 9:1 8 11
6 Sicherung emergency stop switch, rh.
XENON fuse F103
16:1 S126
X2:76−2 X2:215 12 ZA Sitzkontakt
F103 9:1 option switch seat contact
X2:141 X2:259a

X1:56
X1:57
X1:58
X1:59
X1:60

X1:54
54 14:7 S04 4:1
X2:49−1 30 X2:42
BW180 K61 X2:218
X22:W V49 2:5
X2:16

15 in
87 87a X15:10
X22:IG X2:49−2 21 − −
MD+ 8:1 V
BW170 86 1 ESX S01 Schalter Not−Aus
emergency stop switch 1s 2s 4s
X22:D+

R09

4:5
X22:W

K61 22 K113 Zeitrelais

W(R)(IG)

D+((L)(I)

timing relay
85 2 X15:11 S01 3:9
X2:40−41 X2:56−2 S00

X1:55

X1:3
F33 9:1 H08 3:9 2:10 2:8 S00 8 sec. anzugsv.
13
X2:21 K103
X2:142

X2:56−1

V14 K05 30 ZA option

X1:34 X1:28 Sitzkontakt
G02 7:1 X2:3 2:19 14 switch
seat contact
fuse, main, battery
Sicherung Batterie

B−

B+

2 F00 87 87a 30 87a 87 S+ S− −

15out
X2:219
K05 2:10 ESX K05 K22
2:6 86 30
1 X2:94 X2:94 2:13 1(+)
K22

br/br
87 87a K103
P00 D+ 85 X2:149 2(−)
86 86
K62 K11 + + BW180 family BW170 family S06
XS XS 2 X11:B

sw/bl
2 2:6 M01

bl/bl
G01 + M01 2:14 12V − 12V − V46 X11:A X21:1
30 50 BW180 family (A6)

ws
− 85 85 1 Y13 Y58 1

rt
M01

X2:116
X2:260
− AW HW X15:26
sw
2
31 − X2:260 X2:113 X2:115 X2:125 X2:99 X11:C X2:196 31 3:1

Batterie Generator 2:6 3:8 2:15 Steckdose 2:15 Sitzkontaktschalter

socket Hubmagnet
battery generator 2:14 switch, seat contact
Steckdose solenoid valve, fuel switch off
4:5
socket
Starter Betriebsstundenzähler Elektronisches Steuergerät Elektronisches Steuergerät 2:15
starter engine hour meter electronic system, control unit electronic system, control unit
Magnetventil Kraftstoffabschaltung
solenoid valve, fuel switch off

31.08.2001
1 1 870 100 14
Kneip Versorgung, Starten, Steckdose, Betriebsstundenzähler, Sitzkontakt
31.08.2001
Nallin supply, starting unit, socket, engine hour meter, switch seat contact 002
2:20 K11 K11 4:1
X2:62−1
AGND 5:1 2:16 S01 S01 4:18
F04 Sicherung
8,5V 6:1 fuse K90 30
X2:62−2 3:8
X2:12
X2:30−1 87 87a X2:299 OVERRIDE 4:4
FM1 F04
12:17 X2:293−1 V11 X2:293−2 1(+) X2:291−1 X2:265 H05L 13:8
Multifuse
X2:20 X2:30−2 K77 X2:266 H05R 13:8
− P18 + 2(−) V12
K77 7:4 H06 13:7

yellow
X2:267

white
V08 weiß

V09 gelb
Fehleranzeige V07 X2:291−2
X2:278 H30 7:13
fault indication X2:43 X2:292−1 X2:292−2 X2:264

weiß/schwarz
X2:279 H02 6:1

white/black
white/lilac
F1 F2

X15:34

X2:206

weiß/lila
X2:269 H01 4:2

red
rot

green
grün

grau
gray
Ladekontrolle braun/gelb
brown/yellow
Can − CAN + X2:4 RS232 K62 30 charge control

R21
RXD

R20

R23
R22

R24
2:7 + + + + + + + + + + + +
+
X2:14 X2:15 X2:5 A15
TXD H37 87 87a orange Überwachungsmodul
− monitoring module

H08

H09

H28

H23

H15

H22

H50

H05

H06

H30

H02

H01
X2:55−1
X1:26 X1:27 X1:4 X1:5
X2:272 − − − − − − − − − − − −
X1:66

X1:25
X15:26
schwarz/black

blau
blue
lilac
white/blue

weiß/braun
weiß/grau

white/brown
weiß/blau

lila

white/green
white/gray
ESX

weiß/grün
V04

ESX

X1:12 Elektronik Steuergerät

electronic system, control unit
X2:55−2

X1:15

X1:13
X2:143 X2:196
X1:2

X1:40

X2:275

X2:276

X2:277
X2:274
X2:273
X29:1 H08 X2:263 H22 8:7
2:6
B92 GELB/YELLOW
X29:3 X2:146

ROT/RED X2:262
V10
SCHW
BLACK

X2:52−1 X2:52−2
+ + +
X29:2 P01 P19 P20 X2:53−1 V05 X2:53−2
Q Q Q
G − G − G −
V06
X2:54−1 X2:54−2 F14 F14 4:18
2:20
X2:147 X2:239 X2:236 X2:235
X2:11

X2:2

X2:253
X2:145 X2:144 X2:136 X2:148
weiß weiß X25:1
1 white white H07 8:7

X2:251
1

gn/gr
86

X25:3
R03 R14 R15 + 1 3 B21 2 B22 2 B03
B06 B55 B53
K90
schwarz schwarz H07 P
3

2 P
3

black black − p 3 p 3

ws/wh
85 br/br
X2:240

Motoröldruck 2 X25:2 4
pressure switch X2:131
X2:232 X2:232 X2:260 X2:1 X2:260 X2:252 X2:260
31 engine oil 31 4:1
2:20
3:11
Tankanzeige 7:5 Kühlmitteltemperatur Luftfilter
level gauge Wasser links Wasser rechts temperature switch,collant vacuum switch,air cleaner
water lh. water rh. 6:8
Motordrehzahl Warnsummer Kühlmittelstand Hydrauliköl Hydrauliköl
trancducer, motor speed warning buzzer 6:9
coolant charge exp. tank hydraulic oil hydraulic oil

7:5

31.08.2001
1 1 870 100 14
Kneip Überwachung
31.08.2001
Nallin monitoring unit 003
3:20 K11 K11 5:1

3:20 OVERRIDE OVERRIDE 5:1

X2:69−1 3:13 F14
X2:67−1 X2:66−1
1 Elektronik Steuergerät 3:20 S01
F25 V43 electronic systen, control unit F23 F64
Sicherung Sicherung
(A3)
fuse 2 ESX fuse
X2:67−2 X2:66−2 X2:69−2
X1:63 X1:52

X2:26 X2:25

30 30 X2:102 X2:105 30
K36 K24 Schalter Tür links Schalter Tür rechts K40
4:3 4:2 switch door,lh. switch door,rh.
4:19
87 87a 87 87a
87 87a
X2:220
X15:6 H01 X2:269 X2:222 X2:224
3:20 24 13 44 33
24 13 44 33
S86 S87 L0R
X3:34 X15:12 X15:14 L0R 0
2:15

2:14

0
Bremsschalter S03 23
31 21 11 41
switch brake
S04 S01 23 14 43 34 23 14 43 34
32 22 12 42 24 86
Schalter Not−Aus
X3:35
S04 emergency stop switch X15:13 X15:15
2:20 K40
X15:7 + +
85
1
ZA Sitzkontakt 9 M15 M20 S132
option switch, K103
seat contact 2:19 − −
10

X2:221 X2:223 X2:225 X2:243 0

Y129

X2:171 X2:161 2
Elektromotor Tür links Elektromotor Tür rechts
86 86 electronic motor, door,lh. electronic motor, door,rh.
Y04
1 1
K24 K36 B11
85 85 V28 2 2
Signalhorn ZA/option
warning horn
X2:260 X2:172 X2:162 X2:244 X2:101 X2:106

3:20 31 31 5:1
4:6 4:3 Bremse Taster Signalhorn 4:20
brake
switch warning horn

Magnetventil Luftklappe
air shut off valve

31.08.2001
1 1 870 100 14
Kneip Bremse, Signalhorn, Tür, Luftklappe
31.08.2001
Nallin brake, warning horn, door, air shut off valve 004
4:20 K11 K11 6:7
OVERRIDE OVERRIDE
4:8 8:1 X2:61−1

1 V47 ESX F03 Sicherung

fuse
(A7)

X1:50
X1:45
Schalter man./0/auto. 2 X2:23 X2:61−2

X1:62
switch man./auto.
K43 30
M0A R25 X2:7 5:8
32 13 24
87 87a

X2:283
S08 K43 10:1
X2:216
30
31 14 23 X15:4 K124
11:6
X3:10

87a
K91 30 87
X2:261 S13 Schalter Vibration vorne/hinten
AGND AGND 6:1 11:7 switch front/rear
3:4 0

87a
87
X2:297

14 23
VBH

X2:270
S35 Schalter Vibration klein/groß

R71
R27

R26
12 23 switch vibration low/high S36
K G
entf. bei Vario/Variomatic
13 24
not incl. if vario/variomatic
11 24 X3:11
is assembled X2:186 X2:189
AGND F
6:1
Dip−Schalter 1: Geschlossen
Dip−Schalter 2: Geschlossen
Alle anderen: Keine Funktion

all other Dip−switch: no use

A08 5:6 5:3 A08 K42 30 K46 30

8,5V F 6:5 X1:20 X1:42
5:11 5:15
Dip−switch 1: closed
Dip−switch 2: closed

Fahrhebel 87 87a 87 87a

Y57 12:1 travel control lever V9 14:12 V8
+ P07 1 V57 1 14:12 ESX
X18:3

X18:2

V45 (A5) V41 (A1) V58

X1:11
2 (B8) (B7) 2

X1:33

X1:53

X1:65

X1:67
X1:68
X1:44
− 1 2 2 1
BW 170 Familie
S1:2

S4:1

X18:4

V2 12:1 X2:165 X2:163

S1:3 BW 170 family
86 86 86

X2:184
S4:7

X2:45

X2:46

X2:47

X2:48

X2:24
X2:44
A08 X2:169 X2:167
K43 K42 K46
S2:1 S2:2 S2:3 S2:4 1 1
Y56 Y57 1 85 Y55 Y54
1 85 85
X18:1

X28:1

X28:3
X28:2

X28:4

2 V29 V31 2 2 2
V32 V33

4
X2:170 X2:168 X2:260 X2:166 X2:164 X2:260
B18

4:20 31 31 6:1
Koppelplatine Omegameter Magn. Vibration kleine Amplit. 5:11 5:11 5:15 Elektronik Steuerung
connector board, omega meter vibration low electronic system,controll unit
Beschleunigungsaufnehmer (90_G)
acceleration sensor (90_G)
Magn. Vibration große Amplit. Taster Vibration Vibration hinten Vibration vorne
ZA vibration rear vibration front
vibration high push button, vibration
zur Zeit in der Entwicklung
Vibrationsumschaltung,nur AD−Version
option is in development at
the moment switch over viration,only AD−version

31.08.2001
Kneip
1 1 870 100 14
Vibration, Omegameter
31.08.2001
Nallin vibration, omega meter 005
8,5V X2:33−1 8,5V 6:17
3:4
X2:32−1 X2:34−1
X2:12 Lenkrad steering wheel
5:20 K11 K11 8:1
X2:37−1 X8:3

FM3

FM5
Multifuse X2:68−1 Multifuse A45

FM4
F63
FM8 Red(1)1
Sicherung 54321 Wahlschalter Lenkung
Schalter Hundegand fuse
X2:37−2 switch, steering

X2:34−2

X19:1
switch, crab walk X2:68−2

X15:20
X2:204
R33 X2:32−2

Red(1)2

White(3)1

White(3)2
Blue(2)1

Blue(2)2

Black(4)1

Black(4)2
4 2
X2:211 S89 5 3 1
S 25 X 50 OHM X15:1 X15:31 F63 7:1 X8:1
R32 X2:33−2 X2:205 X15:21 X20:1
13 23 R31

R28
R 0 L
X2:280 R30
1−24 0 R29 X2:201 X15:19 X19:2
S53 S71

14 24 X2:226 X15:16 X20:2

X15:32 X15:33 X2:6 X8:2
X2:227 X15:17 X19:3
+ − X2:202 X2:203 X2:261
X2:228 X15:18 X20:3
X9:4 X9:2
X9:3 6:5 AGND AGND 6:16

X1:37

X1:39

X1:36
X1:38

X2:191
X1:7

X1:6

X19:4
8,5V 7:1

X20:4
8,5V
X2:261 X2:19 6:20
X2:12
5:3 AGND AGND 6:11 ESX
X1:31
X2:36−1
V52 X2:35−1
ESX

X1:16
(B2) X1:35

X1:1

X1:32
X1:46

X1:43

X1:47
X1:48
1 FM6 FM7

Elektronik Steuergerät 2 X2:22 X2:35−2 X2:36−2 X15:22

13
electronic system, control unit
X1:61 X1:22

X2:190
X2:183

X2:182
X2:20
K77 X2:207
X2:8
3:11
X2:217 V53 14
5:9 8,5V F 8,5V F 7:12 (B3)
X15:5 X2:181 1 3 2 2 3 1 X2:192
1
1 2 9
R64 1 R34 2 B65 B66
X3:17 2 K77
3:11 10 R35
1 2
travel control lever

X2:137

X2:139
X2:138

X2:140
S115 0 S116
0
Fahrhebel

Y93 Y92 Y36 Y35

1 1 1 1

3:20 H02 2 2 2 2
1 1 1 X2:261

X2:133

X2:135
X2:132

X2:134
R61 R63 R62 X2:116
5:9 AGND F 2 2 2 AGND F 7:14 6:13 AGND AGND 7:15

5:20 31 31 7:1

Taster links
push button, lh. Schalter Lenkung Lenken vorne/links Lenken hinten/links Lenkwinkel vorne
switch, steering steering, front lh. steering, rear lh. sensor angularity steering,front
Taster rechts
push button, rh. Lenken vorne/rechts Lenken hinten/rechts Lenkwinkel hinten
steering,front rh. steering,rear rh. sensor angularity steering,rear

31.08.2001
1 1 870 100 14
Kneip Hundegang, Lenkung
31.08.2001
Nallin crab walk, steering 006
6:18 8,5V 8,5V 8:1
6:10 F63 Fahrhebel

X15:39
travel control lever

X2:12
X3:39 X2:38−1
X3:41 Näherungsinitiator Sitzposition

Braun/brown
V13 X2:290−2 proximity switch,seat
3:12 K77
X2:290−1 B64 VNR
V0R Multifuse
0 Schalter Fahrhebel N S55
S75 switch, travel control lever FM9

Blau/blue
X3:38 X3:40 X2:197 X2:38−2
X15:2 X15:3 X15:27 R75
R74
X2:212 X2:213

X3:18
V54 8,5V F
7:8 7:5 V54 6:7
2 X2:193 X15:38 AGND F
V54 6:7
X15:23 X2:9 X2:210

X2:39−2
X3:19

X2:39−1
(B4) X3:20

X2:209
X15:37
1
FM10
V55 V55 X10:3

ZA Rückfahrwarnung
X2:50−1

7:5 7:2 Multifuse

X2:208 X10:3 X9:3
X2:51−1

option warning
S 25 X 50 OHM

buzzer back
X2:59 X2:58 11 23 31 X15:36 X2:18

X1:17

X1:9
V H

up alarm
X1:23 X1:8 X1:30
V02 V55 S31
V03 X1:41 X1:19 1 2 1−24
(B5) 12 24 32 ESX
ESX X15:25 X15:35
X2:51−2

X2:50−2

X1:64 X1:49 X1:18 X1:24 S54

X15:24
7 19 X2:13 X2:207
K77 K77
+ −
X2:195

3:11 3:11 X2:194 3:20 H30

X10:2
8 20
X9:4 X9:2
Y17 7:11 Y17 Y17 14:1
X2:126

7:6 1−3
1 2
R72 X2:116 S54

X10:2
R73 Y16 7:9 Y16 Y16 14:1
1 2 7:6
X31:1

1 2 3
X30:1 X2:158 X2:155 X2:10 R68
X15:26
24
H14 H14 S85 X10:1

R67
+ + X10:1

R66
86 − − 1 1
23
K05 Y16 Y17

R65
2 2 ZA ZA
X2:125 X31:2

85 option option
X2:196 X30:2 X2:157 X2:156

X2:101 X2:124 X2:170 X2:168 X2:260 6:20 AGND X2:261 X2:261 AGND
X2:115 8:1
6:20 31 31 8:1

2:11 Schalter Fahrtrichtung Mag.−vent.Fahrpumpe vorwärts Taster Speed Control Schalter Fahrstufen
Elektronik Steuergerät switch,travel direction
solenoid valve,travel direction forw. push button,speed ranges switch, speed ranges
electronic system,control unit
Warnsummer Rückfahrwarneinrichtung Mag.−vent. Fahrpumpe rückwärts Schalter Fahrstufe
warning buzzer back up alarm solenoid valve,travel direction backw. switch, speed ranges
Hinten Vorne
rear front

31.08.2001
1 1 870 100 14
Kneip Fahren, Rückfahrwarnsummer
31.08.2001
Nallin travel system, warning equipment 007
6:10 K11 K11 12:1

2:8 MD+ 9:1 2:7 30 30 13:7

K61
X2:63−1
5:8 OVERRIDE OVERRIDE
10:1
8,5V
7:20 Sicherung F06 F61 Sicherung F37
fuse fuse
X2:31−1 1
Multifuse V48
FM2 (A8) X2:63−2 X2:87−2 X2:86−2
2 Notlauf nur AC−Version, BW170
X2:31−2 emergency service only AC−version,BW170
Emulsionsberieselung
X1:29 ESX X1:51 emulsion sprinkler

13 24 K78 30 K80 30 K79 30

13 24
0 1
102 8:15 8:11 8:12
S05 10
S19
14 23 87a 87 87 87a 87 87a

2(15/54)
Schalter Berieselung 14 23
switch, sprinkler system

1 (15/54)
X2:300
X2:17

X2:298 3 13
X2:282
A04 Berieselungsmodul
X2:100 modul, sprinkler system
X17:2

S 13 x 499 Ohm
10(GND)

9(GND)
8 7 11 12 4 5 14 15 6
A01 3:18 H22 2 2

1−12 X2:229 X2:230

3:7 H07 H07 9:10
X2:237 X2:238 X2:234 X2:233

S05 2 2
optional
Potentiometer 10:1 X2:103 X6:10 X7:20
+ −
gelb gelb
X17:1 X17:3 yellow yellow + bl/bl (+) bl/bl (+)
1 1 K80 86 K79 86 K78 86
1 V40 B78 B79 B34 2 B33 2
M03 M02 M02
X2:261
Y06 P P
AGND 2 2 2 85 85 4 4 85 br/br (−) br/br (−)
7:20 pink pink −
pink pink

X6:11 X7:21
X6:11 X7:21
X2:99 X2:260 X2:231 X2:113 X2:232 X2:260 X2:104 X2:231
7:20 31 31 9:1
Intervalls. Berieselungssystem 8:18 8:19 8:17
interval switch,sprinkler sys. Berieselungspumpe links
sprinkler pump LH

Berieselungsventil Druckschalter Berieselung links Schwimmerschalter links Emulsionspumpe Berieselungspumpe rechts

solenoid valve sprinkler emulsion pump sprinkler pump RH
pressure switch,sprinkler sys. LH water tank res. quantity LH
Druckschalter Berieselung rechts Schwimmerschalter rechts
pressure switch,sprinkler sys. RH water tank res. quantity RH

31.08.2001
1 1 870 100 14
Kneip Berieselung
31.08.2001
Nallin sprinkler system 008
2:7 F15 X2:89−2
2:2 F33
8:6 MD+ X2:77−1
F33 X2:78−1
F34
Sicherung Sicherung X2:89−1
2:7 F105 fuse
fuse
X2:78−2 X2:77−2
2:11 F103 K09 30 K111 30
B A
Sicherung
Sicherung 9:6 9:11 fuse
F105
X2:268 fuse 2 F40 1 F15
87 87a 87 87a Lieferumfang Eberspächer

X2:96 X2:96 delivery eqipment Eberspächer

X2:90−2 Steuergerät
X23:1 X23:2 control unit
0123 E30

4 black
0,5 red
0,5 rt

4 sw
K35 30 K114 30 B Schalter Klimaanlage
switch, air conditioning
9:4 9:2 A13
Heizung
L MH C
87a 87 87a 87 S102 heating unit
B29
1
X2:285 Thermostat
_t thermostat

4 brown
2 3

4 br
X23:4 n
n
X2:98

4 /swarz
4/ black
11 23 30
1 X33:5 K110
012 86 n

X2:129

X2:129
X14:1 9:9 n
S120 1 B75

BW 180 family
K35 H60 2 87a 87
n
85 2 P 2
12 24 LP HP X50:1

BW 180 family
X33:1

X27:1 X33:3
1

X2:57−1

X2:127
Y14

3 /swarz/gelb
3/black/yellow
X14:2 S28
2

X26:1
2
X2:151
X2:153

X2:152
X2:154
X2:284

X33:6 X50:2
V01
V42

X12:1

SW/BL

SW/BL
X2:97 X2:57−2 (A2) 1

8:8 H07 Kraftstoffpumpe

fuel pump heating unit
red/yel +

X2:130 E36 E36

red MID
yel MIN
ge MIN

rt/ge +
rt MID

Schalter Kabinenheizung
X23:3

Blau/BLUE

Blau/BLUE
2 switch, cab heating
AUX

X27:2
K114 AW K09 K110 K111 H58 Y15

X26:2
86 (B6) 2 + HW 86 86 86 + 1
Y120
V56 M09
1 − − 2

X33:2

X33:4
85 85 85 85

X23:5 X23:5
X2:113 X2:128
X2:128 X2:115 X2:128 X2:115 X2:128 X2:95
8:20 31 31 10:1

9:4 9:2 9:8 Lüfter 9:11 9:12 Magnetkupplung Klimagerät

Motordrehzahl magnetic clutch, air conditioning
blower
motor speed ZA zur Zeit in Entwicklung
option is in development at the moment
Schalter Motordrehzahl Überwachung Kühlmitteldruck Meldeleuchte
switch motor speed
monitoring, coolant pressure indicator light Klimakondensator
ZA Klimaanlage Air conditioning, evaporator
Za Heizung
option air conditioning option heating

31.08.2001
1 1 870 100 14
Kneip Drehzahlverstellung, Klimaanlage, Heizung
31.08.2001
Nallin motor speed, system/air conditioning, heating 009
5:15 K43 K43 11:1

8:8 S05

Elekrtonik Steuergerät Elekrtonik Steuergerät

electronic system, control unit electronic system, control unit
ESX ESX

(B1) V51
X1:10
OVERRIDE X1:62
8:6
1 2
X2:283
X2:198 Schalter Splittmenge
Schalter Kantenschneidgerät X15:28
switch quantity,chip
switch, edge cutter
Schalter Berieselung
0 13 24 13 switch, sprinkler system

S34 0 S108

14 23 14 64 53 44 33
23
S74 L 0 R S74 L 0 R 14 23

switch, gravel scratter

Schalter Splittmenge
X15:29 X15:30 0 0

Schalter Splittstreuer
switch quantity,chip
S73
X2:199 X2:200 24
63 54 43 34
24
13

L R 21 23 13 11 31 33
S90
X2:255 X2:257 X2:241
X2:259 X2:259a
22 24 14 12 32 43 Magnetventil Berieselung
solenoid valve,sprinkler system
X59:1 X59:2

X60:1 X60:2

1 Y67

X16:4 X16:5 X2:247 X2:249 X16:6 X2:159

−
M22 2

1 Y20 1 1 Y20 1 1 Y99 Y99 1 V38 1 Y66 1

ZA
2 Y21 2 2 Y21 2 2 2 option Y131 2 2

V34 V35 V34 V35 V36 V36 Elektromotor Splittstreuer V39 V37
electronic motor, chip spreader

X16:1 X16:2 X2:248 X2:250 X16:3 X2:160 X2:260 X2:256 X2:258 X2:242
links rechts links rechts
left right left right
9:20 31 31 11:1
Kantenschneidgerät ab Kantenschneidgerät ab Magnetventil Verstellzylinder
edge cutter downwards edge cutter downwards solenoid valve,brush−shifting cylinder
Kantenschneidgerät auf Kantenschneidgerät auf Magnetventil Splittstreuer
edge cutter upwards edge cutter upwards
solenoid, chip spreader
ZA Kantenschneidgerät links u. rechts
option edge cutter, left and right
ZA ZA BW 180 Familie
option option BW 180 family

31.08.2001
1 1 870 100 14
Kneip Kantenschneidgerät, Splittstreuer BW180 Familie
31.08.2001
Nallin edge cutter, chip spreader BW180 familiy 010
10:20 K43

ZA Splittstreuer
option chip spreader

Schalter Splittmenge
switch quantity,chip

14 43 34 23
23 L0R
S73
Schalter Splittsteuer 0
switch, chip spreader S74

24
13 44 33 24
Elekrtonik Steuergerät
electronic system, control unit

X2:185
X2:255 X2:255 X2:257 X2:257

X1:21 X59:1 X59:2

ESX
X60:1 X60:2

+
M22
ZA
X2:241 option

86 86 Y66 1 1 Y67

1
K124 85 K91 85 2 2

V37 V38 Y131 2

V39
X2:260 X2:242 X2:256 X2:260
X2:258
10:20 31 31 12:1

5:11 5:8 Magnetventil Splittstreuer Magnetventil Verstellzylinder

solenoid, chip spreader solenoid valve, ajustable zylinder
Magnetventil Verstellzylinder
solenoid valve, ajustable zylinder

Elektromotor Splittstreuer
electronic motor, chip spreader

31.08.2001
1 1 870 100 14
Kneip Splittstreuer BW 170 Familie
31.08.2001
Nallin chip spreader BW 170 family 011
8:20 K11 K11 13:1

V2 X2:70−1
5:6
Y57 F88
5:6 Sicherung
2(rot/red) 3(weiß/white) fuse
X2:70−2
A51 Platine Frequenzanzeige
Printed circuit board,frequenzy meter
4(gr/ge)

1(blau/blue)
5(br/br)

Temperatursensor Asphalt
trancducer, temperature asphalt

F07 13:7 3:6 F04 F04 14:2

X2:175

Elektronisches Steuergerät
Geschwindigkeitsanzeige electronic system, control unit B106 14:2
speedometer
4:1

1:2

1:3

2:1
Elektronik Tachograph
A16

−
electronic system, tachograph
_t
1:1

5:5

5:4

5:3

5:2

5:1

3:4

3:3

3:2

3:1

6:1
P04 B106

+ +
B1

Variomativ
− X13:3 X13:2 X13:2 X13:3 variomatic
A3

P05 − X2:177

15/54
out +

out −
B2

X24:4 X24:1 X24:BR X24:SW

In X1:14
A2

SW/BL BR/BR G
B3

P09 P28
ESX _t
A1

A05 B15 B15 + −

B4

BR/BR SW/BL
A5

P
−

15/54

BL/BU BL/BU
C4

X24:3 X24:BL
A6

Anzeige X13:1 Stiebel X13:1 Poclain

indicator

ZA
X2:260 X2:113 X2:176 option

11:20 31 31 13:1

Aufnehmer Geschwindigkeit Temperaturanzeige Asphalt

transducer speed temperature asphalt, indicator
Frequenzanzeige Tachoplatine Aufnehmer Geschwindigkeit
frequency meter transducer speed
Electronic system,speedometer
ZA
option

31.08.2001
1 1 870 100 14
Kneip Frequenz−/Geschwindigkeitsanzeige, Tachograph, Temperatur Asphalt
31.08.2001
Nallin frequenzy−and speedometer, tachograph, temperature asphalt 012
12:20 K11 K11 14:1
3:20 H06

8:20 30 Brücke entfäfft

bei Anbau ZA
X2:64−1 StVZO Beleuchtung
F08 F07 Schalter Blinker Schalter Beleuchtung
Sicherung Sicherung switch indicator switch head lights 11 23
fuse fuse
012
X2:64−2 X2:85−2 not. incl. if S15
F08 16:1 12:6 F07 StVZO Illumination
is assembled
Schalter Arbeitsbeleuchtung 23 12 24
switch, working head lights
X2:271
S26 Warnblinkschalter
hazard light
24 L0R 14 23
01 23 12 64 33 44
S14 S37 X2:72−1 X2:73−1 X2:74−1 X2:75−1

X2:107 X2:108 Bel. Temp. Asphalt 24 11 63 34 43 13 24 Sicherung Sicherung Sicherung Sicherung

F09 F10 F12
illum. temp. asphalt fuse fuse fuse fuse
Bel. Omegameter F11
illum. omega meter
Schalter Steckdose X2:72−2 X2:73−2 X2:74−2 X2:75−2
Bel. Tankanzeige 3:20 H05L
switch socket A42 15:1
1 illum. level gauge
S117
deliting chip spreader

3:20 H05R
Bel. Geschwindigkeitsanz. X2:109 X2:119 X2:110 X2:120 X2:117 X2:118
only acc. to option
Brücke entfällt bei

illum. speedometer
X2:121 X2:111 X2:122 X2:112
ZA Splittstreuer

2
X57:1 X4:7 X5:7 X4:8 X5:8 X5:1 X5:2
X5:5 X4:5 X5:6 X4:6
X58:1
+ + + + + + + + + +
E02

E07

E01

E04

− − − − − − −
E08 − E10 − E12 E14 − E16 E17
+ + + +
X4:1−2
−
E09 − E11 − E13 E15 −
+ E27 E28 + + + + + +
rechts/right
links/left

E18 E19
X5:3 X5:3 X5:4
− − − − E05 − E50 − E50 − 49 49a
rechts
right X4:3 Schlußleuchte links
X4:3 X4:4 A02 tail light,lh
X5:4
links Parkleuchte links
left 31 parking light lh.
X58:2 Parkleuchte rechts
X4:4
X57:2 X2:113 Bel.Frequenzanz. parking light rh. X2:123
illum. frequency meter X2:260 X2:124 X2:114 X2:123 X2:113
Schlußleuchte rechts
Bel. Wasseranz. tail light,rh
illum. water indicator
12:20 31 31 14:1

Arbeitsscheinwerfer Blinkrelais Blinkleuchte HR Scheinwerfer links

indicator relay indicator rear,rh. head light LH
working head lights
Blinkleuchte VR
indicator front,rh. Scheinwerfer rechts
ZA Arbeitsscheinwerfer head light RH
Blinkleuchte HL
Splittstreuer working head light indicator rear,lh
option
Blinkleuchte VL
chip spreader indicator front,lh.

31.08.2001
1 1 870 100 14
Kneip ZA/ Blinkbegrenzung, Arbeitsbeleuchtung (StVZO)
31.08.2001
Nallin option/ illumination, working light (StVZO) 013
13:20 K11
X2:71−1 X70:36 Variomatic hinten
F101
Sicherung Schalter man./autom. 2:15 54 2:7 F93 5:12 V9 Schalter Notbetrieb horizontal/vertikal
switch man./autom. variomatic rear switch, emergency, horizontal/vertikal
fuse
S104 23
X2:71−2
F93
Sicherung Variomatic vorne X72:6 S138 23
7:12 Y17 24
fuse 5:15 V8 Diagnose
diagnose
7:10 Y16 H04 14:19 variomatic front
24
Y125 14:15 X2:88−2
X72:11
X72:12

X72:13
X72:7
Diagnose

X72:4

X72:5
diagnose

X70:34
Steifigkeitsanzeige Y128 14:16 X72:19
Stiffness indicator

X70:27
X70:28
X70:8
Y126 14:17
X70:2
+
X70:12

X70:15
X70:21

X70:18

X70:14
X70:9

X70:3
X70:25

X70:23
X70:22
X70:24
X88:15 X70:11
X70:4
X70:5

P31 Y127 14:18 5

−
X88:16

X88:47

X88:36

X88:37

X88:13
X88:28

X88:24

X88:25
X88:54

X88:61

X88:63

X88:56
X88:57

X88:59

X88:60
X88:62

X88:58
X88:46

X88:64
X88:4
X88:5

X88:3

X88:12
X88:2
P31

14:3
1 3 2 16 15 13 14 19
A37 Elektronik Variomatic
electronic variomatic Masse A46 Modul Variomatic
ground modul, variomatic
X88:8 X88:9 X88:29 X88:30 17 5 10 9 7 8 4 18
X88:27

14:9 Y125
X88:1
X88:55

X88:6

X88:7
X88:26
X88:23

X70:10

X70:35
X72:2 Y126 X70:23
X73:3 X70:7 X70:19 X70:20 14:9
1−3 + E63
X72:8 14:9 Y127
diagnose

X70:37 14:9 Y128 H04

X70:68
S106 Diagnose 14:9
P27 +
CAN+ X70:17

CAN− X70:16
X70:13

X70:6

diagnose X70:62 X70:66 X70:63

+ H04 −
1 2 3 X72:9 X70:29 X70:30 X70:31 X70:32

X70:64
X70:60
X72:3 Diagnose
weiß/white
R68 − −
X72:10

X80:1 X70:59
X70:38

X78:2
R67

12:20 B106

E48
X79:2
X80:2
Diagnose +

X79:4
X80:4
0 1 2 3 4 90_G X72:14
diagnose
R66

S107 B97 B85 B84 diagnose X72:1

P16 rot/reed X79:1 −

E02
X72:15 X72:16 X72:17
F1 F2 +
R65

X70:51 X70:53 X70:55 X70:57

F04 X78:1 X78:3
schw/black

X80:3 X79:3
+
12:20 G X73:2 X73:1 1 1 1 1 −
X71:1
X71:3

X71:2

X70:67

X70:69

− +
P30 _t 14:3
X70:61 X70:65
2 2 2 2

X70:56
X70:33 Y125 Y128 Y126 Y127

X70:52

X70:54
_J −
X70:58

P31

X70:1 X70:52 X70:54 X70:56 X70:58

31 31 15:1
13:20
Temperaturanzeige Schalter Amplitutenverstellung Aufnehmer Beschleunigung links Amplitutenanzeige Meldeleuchte Betriebsstörung
temperature asphalt, indicator switch, amplit. adjustment trancducer, acceleration,left amplitude indicator indicator light, breakdown
Fehleranzeige Variomatic Aufnehmer Verstellmotor Aufnehmer Beschleunigung rechts Einlaßventil 1 Einlaßventil 3 Beleuchtung
fault indication, variomatic lllumination
transducer, motor trancducer, acceleration, right intake valve 1 intake valve 3
Schalter Verdichtungsenergie Auslaßventil 4 Auslaßventil 2
switch, compaction energy ZA
exhaust valve 4 exhaust valve 2
option

31.08.2001
1 1 870 100 14
Kneip Variomatic, Bandage geteilt
31.08.2001
Nallin variomatic, roller drum, 2 halves 014
X2:93
13:15 A42 X49:B

2 X50:C
2:7 K32

15 X50:B 30
2:11 K32
X2:92 15:4
X50:A 87 87a Wischer vorne Wischer hinten
windscreen wiper, front windscreen wiper, rear
2
ZA
option 2 ZA/option
D
E F G A B C Radio
F110 F42 F27 F28 radio F17
F108 F41
Box 1 Box 1 Box 1 Box 1 Box 1 Box 1 BOX 1

K118 5 6 K119 7 1 2 3 4
Schalter Kabinenlüfter B51 B51
30 30 15
+
15:19 15:18 switch, blower + + +
−
87 87a 87 87a − − −
A12 31
1 1 1 3 1 1
0 2 0 2 7 2 0 2 7 2
01 1
S38 01
S53
1
5 S149 S150 1 S45 5 S44 S20 S21 5
5 1 5 4 5 4
X48:1

5 5
+
E32

X43:3
X43:2
−

X46:31b
X44:31b

X46:53a
X44:53a

X46:53
X44:53
X48:2

X52:1

X47:1
X45:1

X45:3
E23 + + E25 E16 + E17 +

− − − − 1 3

53a

31b

53a

31b
+

53

53
+
XS 86 + + X45 X44 X46
+ E28 + E27 + E18 E19 + 86 86
12V

53a

53a
K32 E29 M09 M04 M06 M05 M07 K119 K118
31b 53

31b 53
3

− − − − − −
85 − 31 − 31 − 85 85
31

31
1

ZA/option
X45:2
X43:1 X44:31 X52:2 X46:31 X47:2

X49:A Kennleuchte Arbeitsscheinwerfer links Kabinenleuchte Kabinenlüfter Wischermotor vorn Wischermotor hinten
rotary beacon Arbeitsbeleuchtung
31 31 16:1 working lights, lh. cabin inside light cabin ventilator wiper motor front wiper motor rear working lights
14:20
15:8 Arbeitsscheinwerfer rechts Wascher vorn Wascher hinten 15:6 15:2
working lights, rh. washer motor,front washer motor,rear
Arbeitsscheinwerfer vorne
working lights, front
Steckdose
socket
Arbeitsscheinwerfer hinten
working lights, rear

31.08.2001
1 1 870 100 14
Kneip Kabine
31.08.2001
Nallin cab 015
13:5 F08

S154 23 Schalter Arbeitsscheinwerfer

switch, worklamp

24
2:7 XENON

A B C D E F
F113 F114 F115 F116 F117 F118

1 2 3 4 5 6
15 in V − − 15 in V − −
30 30 30 30 30 30
K127 K128 K129 K130 K131 K132
1s 2s 4s 1s 2s 4s
16:11 16:12 16:14 16:15 16:17 16:18
87 87a 87 87a 87 87a 87 87a 87 87a 87 87a Zeitrelais Zeitrelais
K125 K126

15out

15out
30 87a 87 S+ S− − 30 87a 87 S+ S− −

+ + + + + +
H63 H64 H65 H66 H67 H68
− − − − − −
2 3 4 5 6
1 86 86 86 86 86 86
K127 K128 K129 K130 K131 K132

85 85 85 85 85 85

15:2 31

Arbeitsscheinwerfer
working lights

16:2 16:4 16:6 16:7 16:9 16:10

ZA zur Zeit in Entwicklung

option is in development at the moment

31.08.2001
1 1 870 100 14
Kneip XENON−Arbeitsscheinwerfer
31.08.2001
Nallin XENON worklamp 016
ZA Klimaanlage
option air conditioning

77−1 F34 77−2

78−1

ESX
F33 78−2

X2:77−258
79−1 F84 79−2
80−1 80−2

30A 25A 5A 30A

F67
81−1 81 81−2

X1:1−68
82−1 82 82−2

K05
83−1 F01 83−2
84−1 F05 84−2

variomatic
85−1 85−2

Variomatic
F07

Kneip
86−1 F37 86−2

31.08.2001
87−1 F61 87−2
88−1 88−2

40A 25A 15A40A 40A 15A

F93

(A)

2
1
89−1 89−2
1
90−1 90−2 V41

20A
F105 2

2
2
1
91−1 3
91−2 RXD 4
V42 TXD 5

ZA Heizung
92 6

2
1

option heating
X2:1−59

V43 7
93

4
8

2
1
9
94 V44 10
option system
air conditioning

11

1
ZA Klimaanlage

94
V45 12

5 6
13

2 2
1
V46 Can− 14
97 96 15
98 96 Can+

2
1
16
K61 K79 K80 K09 K110 K111

101 99 V47 17

7 8
102 100
18

2
1
105 103
106 104 V48 19
117 107 20
118 108 21
119 109
(B) 22

1
2
1
120 110 23

blue
Blau
121 111 24
122 112 V51
123 25
P18

113

2
124 114 26

2
1
125 115 27
126 116 V52 28
129 127 29
3
2
1

129 128
130 128 V53 35−1 30−1
141 131 FM6 35−2 30−2 FM1
2
1

142 132
ZA/option
V54 36−1 31−1 Geschwindigkeitsanz.
143
4 5

133 FM7 36−2 31−2 FM2

144 134 speedometer
1
A05

37−1 32−1
145 135 V55 FM8 FM3
37−2 32−2
6

146 136

Elektrokasten
2 2
1

147 137 38−1 33−1

V56 FM9 38−2 33−2 FM4
148 138

cross−boonding box
149 139 39−1 34−1
2
1

150 140 FM10 39−2 34−2 FM5

V57
7 8

155 151 40
2

156
1

152
157 153 V58 41
158 154 42
167 159
42
168 160 43
169 161 44
170 162 45
171 163 46
172 164 61−2 61−1 47
173 165 F03
174 166
48
62−2 F04 62−1
A16

184 175 49 V49

185 176 63−2 63−1
186 177
F06 50 V02
X2:60−76

187 178 64−2 64−1 51

F08 V03
188 179
189 180
52 V10
65−2 F14 65−1
190 181 53 V05
191 182 66−2 66−1
192 F23 54 V06
183
202 193 67−2 F25 67−1 55 V04
203 194 56 V14
204 195 68−2 F63 68−1
205 196 57 V01
206 197 69−2 69−1
F64 58
207 198
208 199 70−1 59
70−2 F88
209 200
A51

210 201 71−2 71−1

F101
ZA/option tachograph

220 211
72−1
ZA Klimaanlage

221 212 72−2 F09

222 213
73−1
variomatic

223 214
Variomatic

73−2 F10
option air conditioning

224 215
225 216 74−2 F11 74−1
226 217
227 218 75−1
1

75−2 F12
228 219
230 76−1
15A10A15A15A10A10A10A15A30A10A15A10A10A10A10A10A

229 76−2 F103

230 229
H07

231 231
231 231
232 232
232 232
1

236 233
K11

237 234
238 235
1
1

241 239
K77

242 240
245 243
246 244
249 247
250 248
253 251
2
2

254 252
870 100 14

257 255
017

258 256
2
1

R09
R34
R72

2 R35
2 R73
P16
ZA StVZO
option A04
StVZO
A46 A37
Modul Variomatic Elektronik Variomatic

A02 K124 K91 K90 K62 K46 K43 K42 K36 K24 K22

nur AC−
Version nur AD− Version
K114 K78

only AC− only AD− version

version

X88:1−68
K35

X16:1−6

X18:1−4
X11:1−4

variomatic

260 X2:260−300 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 X70:1−72 51 52 53 54 59 60 61 62 67 68 69

38
V13

293 V11
291 V12
292 V07

3 4 4 5 6 3 4 55 56 57 58 63 64 65 66 70 71 72
290

297
298
299
299
300
261
261

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
25
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
282
283
284
285

36
36
37
1
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Blau Blau
blue blue

31.08.2001
1 1 870 100 14
Kneip Elektrokasten
cross−bonding box 018
1 4 6 X15:1−39
3 2 1 3 2 1 2 1

5 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
1

4
2 3 4

3 2 1
5

A16
Elektronik Tachograph
electronic system, tachograph
1 2 3 X15:22 X15:35 X15:39
X15:1
2 X15:31

A51
Platine Frequenzanzeige
5 4 3 2 1 Printed circuit board,frequenzy m.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
(Buchse)
X88:1−68
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
X1:1−68
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

31.08.2001
1 1 870 100 14
Kneip Elektrokasten
cross−bonding box 019
Name Bl. Pf. Benennung title TYP
A01 008 3 Intervallschalter Berieselungssystem Interval switch, sprinkler system 13X499 OHM
A02 013 8 Blinkrelais Indicator relay
A02 018 1 Blinkrelais Indicator relay
A04 008 12 Modul Berieselung modul, sprinkler system
A04 018 7 Modul Berieselung modul, sprinkler system
A05 012 9 Elektronik Geschwindigkeitsanzeige Electronic system, speedometer Modul
A05 017 11 Elektronik Geschwindigkeitsanzeige Electronic system, speedometer
A08 005 2 Elektronik Omegameter Electronic system, Omegameter
A12 015 16 Radio Radio
A15 003 10 Platine Ueberwachungsmodul Printed circuit board, monitoring module
A16 012 3 Elektronik Tachograph Electronic system, tachograph
A16 017 13 Elektronik Tachograph Electronic system, tachograph
A16 019 6 Elektronik Tachograph Electronic system, tachograph
A37 014 8 Elektronik Variomatic Elektronic variomatic ESX 9890
Kneip
3. 9. 1

A37 018 16 Elektronik Variomatic Elektronic variomatic

A45 006 18 Lenkrad Steering wheel
A46 014 14 Modul Variomatik Modul, variomatik
A46 018 12 Modul Variomatik Modul, variomatik
A51 012 3 Platine Frequenzanzeige Circuit board,frequenzy meter
A51 017 15 Platine Frequenzanzeige Circuit board,frequenzy meter
A51 019 2 Platine Frequenzanzeige Circuit board,frequenzy meter

B03 003 18 Unterdruckschalter Luftfilter Vacuum switch, air cleaner

B06 003 11 Druckschalter Motoroel Pressure switch, engine oil 0,5BAR
B11 004 9 Signalhorn Warning horn
B15 012 11 Aufnehmer Geschwindigkeit Transducer, speed
B15 012 14 Aufnehmer Geschwindigkeit Transducer, speed
B16 005 17 Aufnehmer Vibrationsfrequenz vorne Transducer, vibration frequency, front
B17 005 20 Aufnehmer Vibrationsfrequenz hinten Transducer, vibration frequency, rear
B18 005 3 Aufnehmer Omegameter Transducer, Omegameter
B21 003 16 Differenzdruckschalter Hydr.−Oelfilter Pressure diff. switch, hydr. oil filter
B22 003 17 Differenzdruckschalter Hydr.−Oelfilter Pressure diff. switch, hydr. oil filter
B29 009 9 Raumthermostat Room thermostat
B33 008 14 Sensor Wassertankrestmenge Sensor, water tank residual quantity
B34 008 13 Sensor Wassertankrestmenge Sensor, water tank residual quantity
B51 015 16 Lautsprecher Radio Speaker radio
B51 015 17 Lautsprecher Radio Speaker radio
B53 003 15 Temperaturgeber Kuehlmittel Temperature switch, collant 105_G C/108_G CTemperaturgeber Kuehlmitt
B55 003 13 Kuehlmittelstand Ausgleichsbehaelter Coolant charge expansion tank
B64 007 10 Naeherungsinitiator Sitzposition Proximity switch, seat 1/15 mA
B65 006 17 Sensor, Lenkwinkel vorn Sensor, angularity steering, front 4−20 mA
B66 006 19 Sensor, Lenkwinkel hinten Sensor, angularity steering, rear 4−20 mA
B75 009 9 Kuehlmitteldruck coolant pressure
component listing

B78 008 9 Druckschalter Berieselungssystem links Pressure switch,sprinkler sys.lh. 0,5BAR

B79 008 10 Druckschalter Berieselungssystem rechts Pressure switch,sprinkler sys.rh. 0,5BAR
Bauteilliste

B84 014 12 Aufnehmer Beschleunigung, links Trancducer, acceleration, left

B85 014 11 Aufnehmer Beschleunigung, rechts Trancducer, acceleration, right
B92 003 1 Aufnehmer, Motordrehzahl Trancducer, engine speed
B97 014 10 Aufnehmer Verstellmotor Sensor, ajustable motor
B106 012 18 Temperatursensor Asphalt Transducer, temperature asphalt

E01 013 7 Beleuchtung Tankanzeige Illumination, level gauge

E02 013 6 Beleuchtung Temperaturanzeige Illumination, temperature gauge
E02 014 20 Beleuchtung Temperaturanzeige Illumination, temperature gauge 2 WATT
E04 013 7 Beleuchtung Geschwindigkeitsanzeige Illumination, speedometer
E05 013 5 Beleuchtung Frequenzanzeige vorne Illumination, frequency gauge, front
E07 013 6 Beleuchtung Omegameter Illumination, Omegameter
E08 013 9 Blinkleuchte vorne links Indicator, front, lh. 21W
E09 013 10 Blinkleuchte hinten links Indicator, rear, lh. 21W
E10 013 11 Blinkleuchte vorne rechts Indicator, front, rh. 21W
E11 013 11 Blinkleuchte hinten rechts Indicator, rear, rh. 21W
E12 013 15 Parkleuchte links Parking light, lh. 5W
E13 013 14 Schlussleuchte links Tail light, lh. 5W
E14 013 16 Parkleuchte rechts Parking light, rh. 5W
E15 013 17 Schlussleuchte rechts Tail light, rh. 5W
E16 013 19 Scheinwerfer links Head light, lh. 55 WATT
E16 015 5 Scheinwerfer links Head light, lh. 55W
E17 013 20 Scheinwerfer rechts Head light, rh. 55 WATT
E17 015 7 Scheinwerfer rechts Head light, rh. 55W
E18 013 3 Arbeitsscheinwerfer links Working head light, lh. 55W
E18 015 5 Arbeitsscheinwerfer links Working head light, lh. 55W
E19 013 4 Arbeitsscheinwerfer rechts Working head light, rh. 55 WATT
E19 015 6 Arbeitsscheinwerfer rechts Working head light, rh. 55W
E23 015 1 Arbeitsscheinwerfer vorne links Working head light, front, lh. 55W
E25 015 2 Arbeitsscheinwerfer vorne rechts Working head light, front, rh. 55W
E27 013 1 Arbeitsscheinwerfer hinten links Working head light, rear, lh. 55 WATT
E27 015 2 Arbeitsscheinwerfer hinten links Working head light, rear, lh. 55W
E28 013 2 Arbeitsscheinwerfer hinten rechts Working head light, rear, rh. 55 WATT
E28 015 1 Arbeitsscheinwerfer hinten rechts Working head light, rear, rh. 55W
E29 015 8 Innenleuchte Kabine Inside light, cabin 10W
E30 009 15 Heizgeraet Heating unit
E32 015 3 Kennleuchte Warning light 55W
1

E36 009 13 Klimakondensator Air conditioning, condenser 7,5/12A

E36 009 14 Klimakondensator Air conditioning, condenser 12A
E48 014 20 Beleuchtung Vektoranzeige Illumintion vektor indicator 2 WATT
E50 013 6 Beleuchtung Wasseranzeige Illumination water indicator
E50 013 7 Beleuchtung Wasseranzeige Illumination water indicator
14

E63 014 20 Beleuchtung Steifigkeitsanzeige Illumination stiffness indicator 2 WATT

ESX 002 8 Elektronisches Steuergeraet Electronic system, control unit ESX 8499
ESX 002 13 Elektronisches Steuergeraet Electronic system, control unit ESX 8499
ESX 003 2 Elektronisches Steuergeraet Electronic system, control unit ESX 8499
870 100 14

ESX 003 7 Elektronisches Steuergeraet Electronic system, control unit ESX 8499
ESX 004 6 Elektronisches Steuergeraet Electronic system, control unit ESX 8499
ESX 005 9 Elektronisches Steuergeraet Electronic system, control unit ESX 8499
ESX 005 18 Elektronisches Steuergeraet Electronic system, control unit ESX 8499
ESX 006 3 Elektronisches Steuergeraet Electronic system, control unit ESX 8499
101

ESX 006 11 Elektronisches Steuergeraet Electronic system, control unit ESX 8499
ESX 007 2 Elektronisches Steuergeraet Electronic system, control unit ESX 8499
ESX 007 11 Elektronisches Steuergeraet Electronic system, control unit ESX 8499
Name Bl. Pf. Benennung title TYP
ESX 008 4 Elektronisches Steuergeraet Electronic system, control unit ESX 8499
ESX 010 4 Elektronisches Steuergeraet Electronic system, control unit ESX 8499
ESX 010 19 Elektronisches Steuergeraet Electronic system, control unit ESX 8499
ESX 011 4 Elektronisches Steuergeraet Electronic system, control unit ESX 8499
ESX 012 16 Elektronisches Steuergeraet Electronic system, control unit ESX 8499
ESX 017 3 Elektronisches Steuergeraet Electronic system, control unit ESX 8499

F00 002 2 Hauptsicherung Batterie Fuse, main, battery 250A

F01 002 10 Hauptsicherung Fuse, main 40A
F01 017 3 Hauptsicherung Fuse, main 40A
F03 005 11 Sicherung Vibration Fuse, vibration 15A
F03 017 13 Sicherung Vibration Fuse, vibration 15A
F04 003 5 Sicherung Instrumente Fuse, gauges 10A
F04 017 13 Sicherung Instrumente Fuse, gauges 10A
Kneip
3. 9. 1

F05 002 12 Sicherung Steckdose Fuse, socket 25A

F05 017 3 Sicherung Steckdose Fuse, socket 25A
F06 008 17 Sicherung Berieselung Fuse, sprinkler system 15A
F06 017 14 Sicherung Berieselung Fuse, sprinkler system 15A
F07 013 8 Sicherung Warnblinker Fuse, hazard light 15A
F07 017 4 Sicherung Warnblinker Fuse, hazard light 15A
F08 013 4 Sicherung Blinker u. Arbeitsscheinw. Fuse, indicators a. work. head light 15A
F08 017 14 Sicherung Blinker u. Arbeitsscheinw. Fuse, indicators a. work. head light 15A
F09 013 14 Sicherung Park− u. Schlussl. links Fuse, parking and tail light, lh. 10A
F09 017 16 Sicherung Park− u. Schlussl. links Fuse, parking and tail light, lh. 10A
F10 013 17 Sicherung Park− u. Schlussl. rechts Fuse, parking and tail light, rh. 10A
F10 017 16 Sicherung Park− u. Schlussl. rechts Fuse, parking and tail light, rh. 10A
F11 013 19 Sicherung Scheinwerfer links Fuse, head light, lh. 10A
F11 017 17 Sicherung Scheinwerfer links Fuse, head light, lh. 10A
F12 013 20 Sicherung Scheinwerfer rechts Fuse, head light, rh. 10A
F12 017 17 Sicherung Scheinwerfer rechts Fuse, head light, rh. 10A
F14 002 15 Sicherung Hubmagnet Motor Fuse, shut off solenoid, engine 10A
F14 017 14 Sicherung Hubmagnet Motor Fuse, shut off solenoid, engine 10A
F15 009 15 Sicherung Heizgeraet Fuse, heating unit 25A
F17 015 16 Sicherung Radio Fuse, radio 10A
F23 004 9 Sicherung Signalhorn Fuse, warning horn 10A
F23 017 14 Sicherung Signalhorn Fuse, warning horn 10A
F25 004 2 Sicherung Magnetv. Fahren u. Bremse Fuse, sol. valve, travel and brake 10A
F25 017 15 Sicherung Magnetv. Fahren u. Bremse Fuse, sol. valve, travel and brake 10A
F27 015 12 Sicherung Wischer u. Wascher vorne Fuse, windscr. wiper and washer, fr. 15A
F28 015 14 Sicherung Wischer u. Wascher hinten Fuse, windscr. wiper and washer, re. 15A
F33 009 8 Sicherung Klimageraet Fuse, air conditioning 25A
F33 017 2 Sicherung Klimageraet Fuse, air conditioning 25A
F34 009 12 Sicherung Klimageraet Fuse, air conditioning 30A
component listing

F34 017 1 Sicherung Klimageraet Fuse, air conditioning 30A

F37 008 19 Sicherung Berieselungspumpe Fuse, sprinkler pump 40A
Bauteilliste

F37 017 4 Sicherung Berieselungspumpe Fuse, sprinkler pump 40A

F40 009 15 Sicherung Kabinenheizung Fuse, heating unit cab 5A
F41 015 3 Sicherung Rundumkennleuchte Fuse, rotary beacon 15A
F42 015 8 Sicherung Kabineninnenleuchte Fuse, inside light cab 15A
F61 008 18 Sicherung Berieselungspumpe Fuse, sprinkler pump 40A
F61 017 4 Sicherung Berieselungspumpe Fuse, sprinkler pump 40A
F63 006 8 Sicherung Lenkung Fuse, steering 15A
F63 017 15 Sicherung Lenkung Fuse, steering 15A
F64 004 10 Sicherung Tuer Fuse, door 30A
F64 017 15 Sicherung Tuer Fuse, door 30A
F67 002 13 Sicherung Steuerung (Potential 30) Fuse, controller (pot.30) 30A
F67 017 2 Sicherung Steuerung (Potential 30) Fuse, controller (pot.30) 30A
F84 002 14 Sicherung Steuerung (Klemme 54) Fuse, controller (Pin 54) 5A
F84 017 2 Sicherung Steuerung (Klemme 54) Fuse, controller (Pin 54) 5A
F88 012 12 Sicherung, Frequenz−/Geschwindigkeitsanz. Fuse, frequenzy−and speedometer 10A
F88 017 16 Sicherung, Frequenz−/Geschwindigkeitsanz. Fuse, frequenzy−and speedometer 10A
F93 014 11 Sicherung Steuerung (Potential 30) Fuse, controller (pot. 30) 15A
F93 017 5 Sicherung Steuerung (Potential 30) Fuse, controller (pot. 30) 15A
FM1 003 2 Platinensicherung Multifuse 0,2A
FM1 017 10 Platinensicherung Multifuse
FM2 008 1 Platinensicherung Multifuse 0,2A
FM2 017 11 Platinensicherung Multifuse
FM3 006 16 Platinensicherung Multifuse 0,2A
FM3 017 11 Platinensicherung Multifuse
FM4 006 16 Platinensicherung Multifuse 0,2A
FM4 017 11 Platinensicherung Multifuse
FM5 006 16 Platinensicherung Multifuse 0,2A
FM5 017 11 Platinensicherung Multifuse
FM6 006 17 Platinensicherung Multifuse 0,2A
FM6 017 10 Platinensicherung Multifuse
FM7 006 18 Platinensicherung Multifuse 0,2A
FM7 017 10 Platinensicherung Multifuse
FM8 006 2 Platinensicherung Multifuse 0,2A
FM8 017 11 Platinensicherung Multifuse
FM9 007 16 Platinensicherung Multifuse 0,2A
FM9 017 11 Platinensicherung Multifuse
F101 014 2 Sicherung Variomatic (Potential 15) fuse, variomatic (pot. 15) 15A
2

F101 017 16 Sicherung Variomatic (Potential 15) fuse, variomatic (pot. 15) 15A
F103 002 9 Sicherung Potential 15 fuse, potential 15 10A
F103 017 17 Sicherung Potential 15 fuse, potential 15 10A
F105 009 4 Sicherung Motordrehzahl Fuse, motor speed 20A
F105 017 5 Sicherung Motordrehzahl Fuse, motor speed 20A
14

F108 015 2 Sicherung Scheinwerfer mitte Fuse, head lights middle 25A
F110 015 6 Sicherung Scheinwerfer aussen Fuse, head lights outside 15A
F113 016 2 Sicherung Xenon Arbeitsscheinwerfer 1 Fuse, xenon worklamp 1 20A
F114 016 4 Sicherung Xenon Arbeitsscheinwerfer 2 Fuse, xenon worklamp 2 20A
870 100 14

F115 016 6 Sicherung Xenon Arbeitsscheinwerfer 3 Fuse, xenon worklamp 3 20A

F116 016 7 Sicherung Xenon Arbeitsscheinwerfer 4 Fuse, xenon worklamp 4 20A
F117 016 9 Sicherung Xenon Arbeitsscheinwerfer 5 Fuse, xenon worklamp 5 20A
F118 016 10 Xenon Arbeitsscheinwerfer 6 Fuse, Xenon worklamp 6 20A
FM10 007 12 Platinensicherung Multifuse 0,2A
102

FM10 017 11 Platinensicherung Multifuse

G01 002 2 Batterie Battery 102AH

Name Bl. Pf. Benennung title TYP
G02 002 3 Generator Generator 120/130A

H01 003 16 Meldeleuchte Bremse Indicator light, brake A15

H02 003 16 Meldeleuchte Hundegang Indicator light, crab walk A15
H04 014 19 Meldeleuchte Betriebsstoerung Indicator light, breakdown 2 WATT
H05 003 14 Meldeleuchte Blinker Indicator light, indicators A15
H06 003 15 Meldeleuchte Warnblinker Indicator light, hazard light A15
H07 003 6 Warnsummer Betriebsstoerung Warning buzzer, breakdown 0,7A
H07 017 18 Warnsummer Betriebsstoerung Warning buzzer, breakdown
H08 003 10 Meldeleuchte Ladekontrolle Indicator light, charge control A15
H09 003 11 Meldeleuchte Oeldruck Motor Indicator light, engine oil pressure A15
H14 007 8 Warnsummer Rueckwaertsfahrt Back−up alarm buzzer 0,7A
H14 007 8 Warnsummer Rueckwaertsfahrt Back−up alarm buzzer 0,7A
H15 003 12 Meldeleuchte Motorluftfilter Indicator light, engine air filter A15
Kneip
3. 9. 1

H22 003 13 Meldeleuchte Berieselung Indicator light, sprinkler system A15

H23 003 12 Meldeleuchte Hydraulikoelfilter Indicator light, hydr.oil filter A15
H28 003 11 Meldeleuchte Kuehlmitteltemperatur Indicator light, engine coolant temp. A15
H30 003 15 Meldeleuchte Geschwindikgeitskontrolle Indicator light, speed control A15
H37 003 6 Meldeleuchte Fahren Indicator light, travel 2 Watt
H50 003 14 Meldeleuchte ESX Indicator light, esx A15
H58 009 11 Meldeleuchte Klimaanlage Indicator light, air conditioning 2 Watt
H60 009 4 Meldeleuchte Motordrehzahl Indicator light, motor speed 2WATT
H63 016 2 Xenon Arbeitsscheinwerfer 1 Xenon worklamp 1 3,5A
H64 016 4 Xenon Arbeitsscheinwerfer 2 Xenon worklamp 2 3,5A
H65 016 6 Xenon Arbeitsscheinwerfer 3 Xenon worklamp 3 3,5A
H66 016 7 Xenon Arbeitsscheinwerfer 4 Xenon worklamp 4 3,5A
H67 016 9 Xenon Arbeitsscheinwerfer 5 Xenon worklamp 5 3,5A
H68 016 10 Xenon Arbeitsscheinwerfer 6 Xenon worklamp 6 3,5A

K05 007 1 Relais Startstrom Relay, starting current BOSCHW

K05 017 3 Relais Startstrom Relay, starting current
K09 009 6 Relais Klimageraet Relay, air conditioning BOSCHW
K09 017 6 Relais Klimageraet Relay, air conditioning
K11 002 9 Relais Klemme 30 auf 15 Relay, terminal 30 to 15 BOSCHL
K11 017 18 Relais Klemme 30 auf 15 Relay, terminal 30 to 15
K22 002 13 Relais Hubmagnet Motor Relay, shut off solenoid, engine BOSCHW
K22 018 12 Relais Hubmagnet Motor Relay, shut off solenoid, engine
K24 004 2 Relais Bremssperre Relay, brake lock BOSCHW
K24 018 11 Relais Bremssperre Relay, brake lock
K32 015 4 Relais Kabine Relay, cabin BOSCHW
K35 009 4 Relais Selbsthaltung Relay, holding contact BOSCHW
K35 018 2 Relais Selbsthaltung Relay, holding contact
K36 004 3 Relais Bremskontrolle Relay, brake control BOSCHW
component listing

K36 018 10 Relais Bremskontrolle Relay, brake control

K40 004 19 Relais Not−Aus Relay, Stop BOSCHW
Bauteilliste

K42 005 11 Umschaltrelais Relay, switch over BOSCHW

K42 018 9 Umschaltrelais Relay, switch over
K43 005 8 Relais Vibration Relay, vibration BOSCHW
K43 018 8 Relais Vibration Relay, vibration
K46 005 15 Umschaltrelais Switching relay BOSCHW
K46 018 7 Umschaltrelais Switching relay
K61 002 5 Relais Ladekontrolle Relay, charge control BOSCHW
K61 017 4 Relais Ladekontrolle Relay, charge control
K62 002 7 Relais D+ Relay, D+ BOSCHW
K62 018 6 Relais D+ Relay, D+
K77 003 11 Relais Override Relay, override SDS/SF4
K77 017 18 Relais Override Relay, override
K78 008 15 Relais Emulsionsberieselung Relay, emulsion sprinkler sys. BOSCHW
K78 018 2 Relais Emulsionsberieselung Relay, emulsion sprinkler sys.
K79 008 12 Relais Berieselungspumpe Relay, sprinkler pump BOSCHW
K79 017 4 Relais Berieselungspumpe Relay, sprinkler pump
K80 008 11 Relais Berieselungspumpe Relay, sprinkler pump BOSCHW
K80 017 5 Relais Berieselungspumpe Relay, sprinkler pump
K90 003 8 Relais, Meldeleuchte Stoerung SPS Relay, indicat.light brake down SPS BOSCHW
K90 018 4 Relais, Meldeleuchte Stoerung SPS Relay, indicat.light brake down SPS
K91 011 7 Relais, Splittstreuer Relay, chip sreader BOSCHW
K91 018 3 Relais, Splittstreuer Relay, chip sreader
K103 002 19 Relais, Sicherheitsabschaltung Relay, security shut off SDS/SF4
K110 009 9 Relais, Klimageraet Relay, air conditioning BOSCHW
K110 017 7 Relais, Klimageraet Relay, air conditioning
K111 009 11 Relais, Klimageraet Relay, air conditioning BOSCHW
K111 017 7 Relais, Klimageraet Relay, air conditioning
K113 002 18 Zeitrelais Timing relay 8 SEC.
K114 009 2 Relais Motordrehzahl Relay, engine rpm BOSCHW
K114 018 2 Relais Motordrehzahl Relay, engine rpm
K118 015 19 Relais Arbeisscheinwerfer Relay, working lights BOSCHW
K119 015 18 Relais Arbeisscheinwerfer Relay, working lights BOSCHW
K124 011 6 Relais, Splittstreuer Relay, chip sreader BOSCHW
K124 018 2 Relais, Splittstreuer Relay, chip sreader
K125 016 13 Zeitrelais Xenon−Leuchten Timing relay, xenon illumination 15A
K126 016 16 Zeitrelais Xenon−Leuchten Timing relay, xenon illumination 15A
K127 016 11 Relais Xenon Arbeitsscheinwerfer 1 Relay, xenon worklamp 1 BOSCHW
3

K128 016 12 Relais Xenon Arbeitsscheinwerfer 2 Relay, xenon worklamp 2 BOSCHW

K129 016 14 Relais Xenon Arbeitsscheinwerfer 3 Relay, xenon worklamp 3 BOSCHW
K130 016 15 Relais Xenon Arbeitsscheinwerfer 4 Relay, xenon worklamp 4 BOSCHW
K131 016 17 Relais Xenon Arbeitsscheinwerfer 5 Relay, xenon worklamp 5 BOSCHW
K132 016 18 Relais Xenon Arbeitsscheinwerfer 6 Relay, xenon worklamp 6 BOSCHW
14

M01 002 4 Starter Starter

M02 008 18 Berieselungspumpe Sprinkler pump 15A
M02 008 19 Berieselungspumpe Sprinkler pump 15A
870 100 14

M03 008 17 Emulsionsberieselungspumpe Emulsion sprinkler pump 8A

M04 015 11 Scheibenwischermotor vorne Windscreen wiper motor, front 7,9A
M05 015 14 Scheibenwischermotor hinten Windscreen wiper motor, rear 7,9A
M06 015 13 Scheibenwaschermotor vorne Windscreen washer motor, front 2,5A
M07 015 15 Scheibenwaschermotor hinten Windscreen washer motor, rear 2,5A
103

M09 009 8 Kabinenluefter Cabin ventilator MAX 20A

M09 015 10 Kabinenluefter Cabin ventilator 170W
M15 004 11 Elektromotor Tuer, links Electric motor,door,lh. max 10A
Name Bl. Pf. Benennung title TYP
M20 004 15 Elektromotor Tuer, rechts Electric motor,door,rh. max 10A
M22 010 13 Elektromotor Splittstreuer Electric motor, chip spreader 6,5A
M22 011 10 Elektromotor Splittstreuer Electric motor, chip spreader 6,5A

P00 002 6 Betriebsstundenzaehler Operating hour meter

P01 003 3 Tankanzeige Level gauge
P04 012 9 Geschwindigkeitsanzeige Speedometer 0−6Volt
P05 012 3 Frequenzanzeige vorne Frequency meter, front 0−6Volt
P07 005 3 Omegameter Omegameter
P09 012 7 Frequenz− und Geschwindigkeitsanzeige Frequency− and Speedometer
P16 014 4 Fehleranzeige Variomatic Fault indication, varimatic
P16 018 10 Fehleranzeige Variomatic Fault indication, varimatic
P18 003 1 Fehleranzeige Elektronik Fault indication, electrinic
P18 017 9 Fehleranzeige Elektronik Fault indication, electrinic
Kneip
3. 9. 1

P19 003 4 Anzeige Wasserstand links Water gauge level, lr.

P20 003 5 Anzeige Wasserstand rechts Water gauge level, rh.
P27 014 15 Amplitutenanzeige Amplitute indicator
P28 012 19 Temperaturanzeige Asphalt Temperature gauge, asphalt
P30 014 3 Temperaturanzeige Variomatic Temperature gauge, varioatic
P31 014 3 Steifigkeitsanzeige Stiffness indicator

R03 003 2 Geber Tankanzeige Sender, level gauge

R09 002 5 Vorwiderstand Dropping resistor 82 OHM
R09 017 20 Vorwiderstand Dropping resistor
R14 003 3 Geber Wasserstand, links Sender, water level, lh.
R15 003 5 Geber Wasserstand rechts Sender, water level, rh.
R20 003 11 Widerstand Resistor 100 OHM
R21 003 11 Widerstand Resistor 100 OHM
R22 003 12 Widerstand Resistor 100 OHM
R23 003 13 Widerstand Resistor 100 OHM
R24 003 13 Widerstand Resistor 100 OHM
R25 005 8 Widerstand Resistor 1 KOhm
R26 005 9 Widerstand Resistor 3,3 KOhm
R27 005 8 Widerstand Resistor 1 KOhm
R28 006 12 Widerstand Resistor 1KOHM
R29 006 12 Widerstand Resistor 1KOHM
R30 006 13 Widerstand Resistor 1KOHM
R31 006 14 Widerstand Resistor 1KOHM
R32 006 14 Widerstand Resistor 1KOHM
R33 006 15 Widerstand Resistor 1KOHM
R34 006 10 Widerstand Resistor 4,7 Ohm
R34 017 19 Widerstand Resistor
R35 006 10 Widerstand Resistor 4,7 Ohm
component listing

R35 017 19 Widerstand Resistor

R61 006 4 Widerstand Resistor 3,3 KOhm
Bauteilliste

R62 006 6 Widerstand Resistor 1 KOhm

R63 006 5 Widerstand Resistor 2 KOhm
R64 006 6 Widerstand Resistor 1 KOhm
R65 007 14 Widerstand Resistor 1 KOHM
R65 014 8 Widerstand Resistor 1 KOHM
R66 007 14 Widerstand Resistor 1 KOHM
R66 014 8 Widerstand Resistor 1 KOHM
R67 007 15 Widerstand Resistor 1 KOHM
R67 014 8 Widerstand Resistor 1 KOHM
R68 007 15 Widerstand Resistor 1 KOHM
R68 014 8 Widerstand Resistor 1 KOHM
R71 005 10 Widerstand Resistor 2 KOhm
R72 007 6 Widerstand Resistor 15 OHM
R72 017 19 Widerstand Resistor
R73 007 6 Widerstand Resistor 15 OHM
R73 017 19 Widerstand Resistor
R74 007 13 Widerstand Resistor 1KOhm
R75 007 14 Widerstand Resistor 1KOhm

S00 002 10 Startschalter Starter switch

S01 004 5 Schalter NOT AUS Switch, emergency off
S01 004 5 Schalter NOT AUS Switch, emergency off
S03 004 9 Taster Signalhorn Push button, warning horn
S04 004 2 Bremsschalter Switch, brake
S05 008 6 Berieselungsschalter Switch, sprinkler system
S06 002 20 Sitzkontaktschalter links Switch, seat contact, lh.
S08 005 7 Vibrationsschalter man./autom. Switch, vibration, man./autom.
S13 005 10 Vibrationsschalter Fahrhebel rechts Switch, vibration, travel lever, rh.
S14 013 8 Warnblinkschalter Switch, hazard light
S15 013 18 Beleuchtungsschalter StVZO Switch, lighting StVZO
S19 008 11 Emulsionsberieselungsschalter Switch, emulsion sprinkler system
S20 015 12 Schalter Scheibenwischer vorne Switch, windscreen wiper, front
S21 015 14 Schalter Scheibenwischer hinten Switch, windscreen wiper, rear
S26 013 4 Schalter Arbeitsbeleuchtung hinten Switch, working head lights, rear
S31 007 7 Schalter Fahrtrichtung Switch, travel direction
S34 010 3 Schalter Kantenschneidgeraet Switch, edge cutter
S35 005 4 Vibrationsschalter klein/gross Switch, vibration low/high
4

S36 005 12 Vibrationsschalter Switch, vibration

S37 013 12 Schalter Blinker Switch, indicator
S38 015 3 Schalter Kennleuchte Switch, warning light
S44 015 10 Schalter Kabinenluefter Switch, cabin ventilator
S45 015 8 Kabineninnenleuchte Switch, cabin inside light
14

S53 006 4 Schalter Arbeitsbeleuchtung Switch, working lights 25X50 OHM

S53 015 19 Schalter Arbeitsbeleuchtung Switch, working lights
S54 007 15 Schalter Fahrstufen Switch, speed ranges 4 X 1 KOHM
S54 007 18 Schalter Fahrstufen Switch, speed ranges 25X50 OHM
870 100 14

S55 007 13 Schalter Fahrhebel Switch, travel control lever 5−0−5 KOhm
S71 006 9 Schalter Lenkung Switch, steering
S73 010 19 Schalter Splittstreuer Switch, gravel scratter
S73 011 8 Schalter Splittstreuer Switch, gravel scratter
S74 010 13 Schalter Splittmenge Switch, gravel quantity
104

S74 010 17 Schalter Splittmenge Switch, gravel quantity

S74 011 10 Schalter Splittmenge Switch, gravel quantity
S75 007 2 Schalter Fahrhebel Switch, travel control lever
Name Bl. Pf. Benennung title TYP
S85 007 13 Taster Speed Control Push button, speed control
S86 004 11 Schalter Tuer, links Switch door, lh.
S87 004 15 Schalter Tuer, rechts Switch door, rh.
S89 006 13 Wahlschalter Lenkung Switch steering 6 X 1 KOHM
S90 010 3 Schalter Betriebsart Switch, operating mode
S102 009 8 Schalter Klimaanlage Switch air conditioning
S104 014 6 Schalter man./autom. Switch man./autom.
S106 014 8 Schalter Verdichtungsenergie Switch, compaction energy
S107 014 6 Schalter Amplitutenverstellung Switch,amplit. adjustment
S108 010 5 Schalter Berieselung Kantenschneidgeraet Switch,sprinkler sys.edge cutter
S115 006 5 Taster, Hundehang links Push button, crab walk, lh.
S116 006 6 Taster, Hundegang rechts Push button, crab walk, rh.
S117 013 3 Schalter Steckdose Switch, socket
S120 009 2 Schalter Motordrehzahl Switch, engine speed
Kneip
3. 9. 1

S125 002 15 Schalter NOT AUS, links Switch, emergency off,lh.

S126 002 15 Schalter NOT AUS, rechts Switch, emergency off,rh.
S132 004 20 Schalter Stop Switch, stop
S138 014 19 Schalter Notbetrieb horizontal/vertikal Switch, emergency horizontal/vertical
S149 015 5 Schalter Arbeitsbeleuchtung links Switch, working lights lh.
S150 015 6 Schalter Arbeitsbeleuchtung rechts Switch, working lights rh.
S154 016 11 Schalter Xenon Arbeitsscheinwerfer Switch, xenon worklamp

V01 009 11 Diode Diode 4UF004

V01 017 15 Diode Diode
V02 007 4 Diode Diode UF4004
V02 017 14 Diode Diode
V03 007 1 Diode Diode UF4004
V03 017 14 Diode Diode
V04 003 6 Diode Diode UF4004
V04 017 15 Diode Diode
V05 003 9 Diode Diode UF4004
V05 017 14 Diode Diode
V06 003 9 Diode Diode UF4004
V06 017 14 Diode Diode
V07 003 8 Diode Diode UF4004
V07 018 7 Diode Diode
V08 003 14 Diode Diode BAV70
V09 003 14 Diode Diode BAV70
V10 003 9 Diode Diode UF4004
V10 017 14 Diode Diode
V11 003 8 Diode Diode UF4004
V11 018 7 Diode Diode
V12 003 14 Diode Diode UF4004
component listing

V12 018 6 Diode Diode

V13 007 5 Diode Diode UF4004
Bauteilliste

V13 018 6 Diode Diode

V14 002 7 Diode Diode UF4004
V14 017 15 Diode Diode
V28 004 5 Diode Diode Stecker
V29 005 5 Diode Diode Stecker
V31 005 6 Diode Diode Stecker
V32 005 11 Diode Diode Stecker
V33 005 14 Diode Diode Stecker
V34 010 2 Diode Diode Stecker
V34 010 6 Diode Diode Stecker
V35 010 5 Diode Diode Stecker
V35 010 8 Diode Diode Stecker
V36 010 8 Diode Diode Stecker
V36 010 11 Diode Diode Stecker
V37 010 19 Diode Diode Stecker
V37 011 7 Diode Diode Stecker
V38 010 16 Diode Diode Stecker
V38 011 10 Diode Diode Stecker
V39 010 18 Diode Diode Stecker
V39 011 12 Diode Diode Stecker
V40 008 7 Diode Diode Stecker
V41 005 9 Diode (A1) Diode (A1) MR756
V41 017 5 Diode (A1) Diode (A1)
V42 009 13 Diode (A2) Diode (A2) MR756
V42 017 6 Diode (A2) Diode (A2)
V43 004 5 Diode (A3) Diode (A3) MR756
V43 017 6 Diode (A3) Diode (A3)
V44 017 6 Diode (A4) Diode (A4)
V45 005 5 Diode (A5) Diode (A5) MR756
V45 017 7 Diode (A5) Diode (A5)
V46 002 14 Diode (A6) Diode (A6) MR756
V46 017 7 Diode (A6) Diode (A6)
V47 005 7 Diode (A7) Diode (A7) MR756
V47 017 8 Diode (A7) Diode (A7)
V48 008 6 Diode (A8) Diode (A8) MR756
V48 017 8 Diode (A8) Diode (A8)
V49 002 5 Diode Diode UF4004
5

V49 017 13 Diode Diode

V51 010 2 Diode (B1) Diode (B1) MR756
V51 017 9 Diode (B1) Diode (B1)
V52 006 7 Diode (B2) Diode (B2) MR756
V52 017 9 Diode (B2) Diode (B2)
14

V53 006 7 Diode (B3) Diode (B3) MR756

V53 017 10 Diode (B3) Diode (B3)
V54 007 4 Diode (B4) Diode (B4) MR756
V54 017 10 Diode (B4) Diode (B4)
870 100 14

V55 007 4 Diode (B5) Diode (B5) MR756

V55 017 11 Diode (B5) Diode (B5)
V56 009 3 Diode (B6) Diode (B6) MR756
V56 017 11 Diode (B6) Diode (B6)
V57 005 15 Diode (B7) Diode (B7) MR756
105

V57 017 11 Diode (B7) Diode (B7)

V58 005 11 Diode (B8) Diode (B8) MR756
V58 017 12 Diode (B8) Diode (B8)
Name Bl. Pf. Benennung title TYP

X1:1 006 15 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit

X1:1−68 017 4 STECKER ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:1−68 019 6 STECKER ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:2 003 7 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:3 002 13 STECKER ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:4 003 3 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:5 003 3 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:6 006 16 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:7 006 11 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:8 007 13 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:9 007 10 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:10 010 4 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:11 005 19 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
Kneip
3. 9. 1

X1:12 003 1 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit

X1:13 003 8 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:14 012 16 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:15 003 7 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:16 006 12 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:17 007 10 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:18 007 13 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:19 007 3 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:20 005 17 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:21 011 4 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:22 006 4 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:23 007 11 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:24 007 14 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:25 003 7 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:26 003 1 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:27 003 2 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:28 002 9 STECKER ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:29 008 3 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:30 007 14 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:31 006 6 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:32 006 16 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:33 005 19 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:34 002 8 STECKER ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:35 006 11 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:36 006 15 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:37 006 14 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:38 006 14 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:39 006 15 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:40 003 8 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
component listing

X1:41 007 2 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit

X1:42 005 20 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
Bauteilliste

X1:43 006 14 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit

X1:44 005 18 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:45 005 9 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:46 006 12 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:47 006 15 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:48 006 13 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:49 007 11 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:50 005 10 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:51 008 5 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:52 004 6 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:53 005 19 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:54 002 14 STECKER ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:55 002 13 STECKER ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:56 002 13 STECKER ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:57 002 13 STECKER ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:58 002 13 STECKER ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:59 002 13 STECKER ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:60 002 14 STECKER ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:61 006 4 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:62 005 10 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:62 010 19 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:63 004 6 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:64 007 10 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:65 005 20 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:66 003 7 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:67 005 20 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X1:68 005 20 Stecker ESX Connector,electronic system,control unit
X2:1 003 6 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:1−59 017 6 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:2 003 7 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:3 002 13 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:4 003 4 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:5 003 4 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:6 006 11 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:7 005 9 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:8 006 12 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:9 007 10 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
6

X2:10 007 13 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box

X2:11 003 6 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:12 003 2 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:12 006 14 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:12 006 17 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
14

X2:12 007 11 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box

X2:13 007 14 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:14 003 1 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:15 003 2 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
870 100 14

X2:16 002 9 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box

X2:17 008 3 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:18 007 14 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:19 006 6 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:20 003 1 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
106

X2:20 006 15 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box

X2:21 002 8 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:22 006 11 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
Name Bl. Pf. Benennung title TYP
X2:23 005 8 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:24 005 20 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:25 004 6 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:26 004 6 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:27 002 13 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:28 002 13 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:29 002 13 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:30−1 003 2 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:30−2 003 2 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:31−1 008 1 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:31−2 008 1 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:32−1 006 16 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:32−2 006 16 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:33−1 006 16 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
Kneip
3. 9. 1

X2:33−2 006 16 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box

X2:34−1 006 16 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:34−2 006 17 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:35−1 006 17 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:35−2 006 17 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:36−1 006 18 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:36−2 006 18 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:37−1 006 2 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:37−2 006 2 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:38−1 007 16 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:38−2 007 16 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:39−1 007 11 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:39−2 007 12 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:40−41 002 6 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:42 002 9 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:43 003 7 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:44 005 19 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:45 005 19 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:46 005 19 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:47 005 20 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:48 005 20 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:49−1 002 5 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:49−2 002 5 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:50−1 007 4 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:50−2 007 4 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:51−1 007 1 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:51−2 007 1 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:52−1 003 8 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:52−2 003 10 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
component listing

X2:53−1 003 8 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box

X2:53−2 003 10 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
Bauteilliste

X2:54−1 003 8 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box

X2:54−2 003 10 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:55−1 003 6 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:55−2 003 6 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:56−1 002 7 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:56−2 002 7 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:57−1 009 11 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:57−2 009 11 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:58 005 17 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:58 007 3 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:59 007 2 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:60−76 017 13 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:61−1 005 11 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:61−2 005 11 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:62−1 003 5 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:62−2 003 5 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:63−1 008 16 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:63−2 008 17 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:64−1 013 3 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:64−2 013 4 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:65−1 002 15 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:65−2 002 15 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:66−1 004 9 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:66−2 004 9 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:67−1 004 2 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:67−2 004 2 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:68−1 006 8 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:68−2 006 8 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:69−1 004 10 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:69−2 004 10 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:70−1 012 12 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:70−2 012 12 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:71−1 014 2 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:71−2 014 2 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:72−1 013 14 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:72−2 013 14 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:73−1 013 17 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
7

X2:73−2 013 17 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box

X2:74−1 013 19 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:74−2 013 19 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:75−1 013 20 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:75−2 013 20 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
14

X2:76−1 002 9 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box

X2:76−2 002 9 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:77−1 009 12 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:77−2 009 12 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
870 100 14

X2:77−258 017 1 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box

X2:78−1 009 9 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:78−2 009 8 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:79−1 002 2 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:79−2 002 14 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
107

X2:80−1 002 2 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box

X2:80−2 002 13 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:81−1 002 2 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
Name Bl. Pf. Benennung title TYP
X2:81−2 002 2 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:82−1 002 2 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:82−2 002 2 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:83−1 002 2 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:83−2 002 10 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:84−1 002 2 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:84−2 002 12 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:85−1 002 2 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:85−2 013 8 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:86−1 002 2 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:86−2 008 19 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:87−1 002 2 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:87−2 008 18 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:88−1 002 2 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
Kneip
3. 9. 1

X2:88−2 014 11 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box

X2:89−1 009 15 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:89−2 009 16 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:90−1 002 2 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:90−2 009 4 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:91−1 002 2 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:92 015 2 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:93 015 2 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:94 002 4 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:94 002 5 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:95 009 15 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:96 009 8 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:96 009 8 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:97 009 9 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:98 009 9 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:99 002 13 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:99 008 6 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:100 008 6 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:101 004 13 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:101 007 1 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:102 004 10 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:103 008 17 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:104 008 17 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:105 004 14 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:106 004 18 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:107 013 4 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:108 013 5 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:109 013 14 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:110 013 16 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
component listing

X2:111 013 10 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box

X2:112 013 11 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
Bauteilliste

X2:113 002 9 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box

X2:113 008 12 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:113 009 9 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:113 012 9 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:113 013 4 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:113 013 11 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:114 013 10 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:115 002 11 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:115 007 8 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:115 009 6 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:115 009 13 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:116 002 14 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:116 006 7 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:116 007 8 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:117 013 19 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:118 013 20 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:119 013 15 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:120 013 17 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:121 013 9 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:122 013 11 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:123 013 11 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:123 013 19 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:124 007 4 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:124 013 9 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:125 002 12 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:125 007 8 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:126 007 8 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:127 009 12 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:128 009 8 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:128 009 11 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:128 009 13 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:128 009 14 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:129 009 13 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:129 009 14 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:130 009 11 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:131 003 16 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:132 006 12 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
8

X2:133 006 13 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box

X2:134 006 14 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:135 006 15 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:136 003 16 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:137 006 12 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
14

X2:138 006 13 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box

X2:139 006 14 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:140 006 15 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:141 002 3 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
870 100 14

X2:142 002 5 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box

X2:143 003 1 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:144 003 15 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:145 003 11 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:146 003 3 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
108

X2:147 003 1 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box

X2:148 003 18 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:149 002 15 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
Name Bl. Pf. Benennung title TYP
X2:151 009 5 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:152 009 5 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:153 009 4 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:154 009 4 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:155 007 11 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:156 007 11 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:157 007 10 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:158 007 10 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:159 010 10 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:160 010 10 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:161 004 6 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:162 004 6 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:163 005 13 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:164 005 13 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
Kneip
3. 9. 1

X2:165 005 12 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box

X2:166 005 12 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:167 005 7 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:168 005 7 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:168 007 11 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:169 005 4 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:170 005 4 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:170 007 10 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:171 004 5 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:172 004 5 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:175 012 12 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:176 012 11 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:177 012 16 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:178 005 17 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:179 005 18 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:181 006 16 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:182 006 17 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:183 006 16 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:184 005 18 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:185 011 4 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:186 005 17 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:187 005 20 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:188 005 19 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:189 005 20 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:190 006 18 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:191 006 19 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:192 006 19 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:193 007 8 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:194 007 8 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
component listing

X2:195 007 8 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box

X2:196 002 19 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
Bauteilliste

X2:196 003 6 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box

X2:196 007 7 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:197 007 7 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:198 010 4 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:199 010 3 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:200 010 4 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:201 006 16 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:202 006 8 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:203 006 9 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:204 006 17 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:205 006 16 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:206 003 7 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:207 006 20 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:207 007 16 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:208 007 13 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:209 007 12 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:210 007 10 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:211 006 8 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:212 007 2 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:213 007 3 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:214 002 14 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:215 002 14 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:216 005 10 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:217 006 4 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:218 002 15 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:219 002 15 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:220 004 2 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:221 004 2 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:222 004 5 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:223 004 5 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:224 004 6 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:225 004 6 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:226 006 16 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:227 006 16 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:228 006 16 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:229 008 18 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:230 008 19 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
9

X2:231 008 10 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box

X2:231 008 19 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:232 003 3 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:232 003 5 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:232 008 14 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
14

X2:233 008 14 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box

X2:234 008 13 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:235 003 5 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:236 003 3 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
870 100 14

X2:237 008 9 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box

X2:238 008 10 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:239 003 2 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:240 003 2 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:241 010 19 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
109

X2:241 011 8 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box

X2:242 010 19 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:242 011 8 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
Name Bl. Pf. Benennung title TYP
X2:243 004 9 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:244 004 9 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:245 005 17 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:246 005 17 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:247 010 6 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:248 010 6 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:249 010 7 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:250 010 7 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:251 003 12 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:252 003 13 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:253 003 13 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:255 010 17 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:255 011 9 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:255 011 10 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
Kneip
3. 9. 1

X2:256 010 17 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box

X2:256 011 9 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:257 010 18 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:257 011 11 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:257 011 12 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:258 010 18 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:258 011 12 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:259 002 15 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:259 010 13 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:259a 002 15 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:259a 010 14 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:259b 002 15 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:259c 002 15 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:260 002 6 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:260 002 13 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X2:260 003 6 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:260 003 8 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:260 003 19 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:260 004 2 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:260 005 11 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:260 005 15 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:260 007 13 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:260 008 8 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:260 008 15 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:260 010 15 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:260 011 7 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:260 011 13 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:260 012 3 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:260 013 8 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
component listing

X2:260−30 018 3 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box

X2:261 005 2 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
Bauteilliste

X2:261 006 4 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box

X2:261 006 12 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:261 006 18 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:261 007 16 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:261 007 19 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:261 008 4 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:262 003 5 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:263 003 13 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:264 003 14 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:265 003 17 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:266 003 17 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:267 003 17 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:268 009 3 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:269 003 17 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:269 004 3 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:270 005 8 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:271 013 5 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:272 003 9 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:273 003 10 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:274 003 11 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:275 003 11 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:276 003 12 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:277 003 12 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:278 003 17 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:279 003 17 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:280 006 11 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:282 008 3 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:283 005 10 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:283 010 19 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:284 009 3 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:285 009 4 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:290−1 007 5 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:290−2 007 6 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:291−1 003 14 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:291−2 003 14 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:292−1 003 8 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:292−2 003 9 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
10

X2:293−1 003 8 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box

X2:293−2 003 9 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:297 005 12 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:298 008 6 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X2:299 003 17 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
14

X2:300 008 6 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box

X3:10 005 10 Fahrhebel Travel contr.lever
X3:11 005 10 Fahrhebel Travel contr.lever
X3:17 006 4 Fahrhebel Travel contr.lever
870 100 14

X3:18 007 13 Fahrhebel Travel contr.lever

X3:19 007 16 Fahrhebel Travel contr.lever
X3:20 007 13 Fahrhebel Travel contr.lever
X3:34 004 2 Fahrhebel Travel contr.lever
X3:35 004 2 Fahrhebel Travel contr.lever
110

X3:38 007 2 Fahrhebel Travel contr.lever

X3:39 007 2 Fahrhebel Travel contr.lever
X3:40 007 3 Fahrhebel Travel contr.lever
Name Bl. Pf. Benennung title TYP
X3:41 007 3 Fahrhebel Travel contr.lever
X4:1−2 013 4 Blende hinten Screen rear
X4:3 013 3 Blende hinten Screen rear
X4:3 013 10 Blende hinten Screen rear
X4:4 013 4 Blende hinten Screen rear
X4:4 013 11 Blende hinten Screen rear
X4:5 013 10 Blende hinten Screen rear
X4:6 013 11 Blende hinten Screen rear
X4:7 013 14 Blende hinten Screen rear
X4:8 013 16 Blende hinten Screen rear
X5:1 013 19 Blende vorne Screen front
X5:2 013 20 Blende vorne Screen front
X5:3 013 9 Blende vorne Screen front
X5:3 013 19 Blende vorne Screen front
Kneip
3. 9. 1

X5:4 013 11 Blende vorne Screen front

X5:4 013 20 Blende vorne Screen front
X5:5 013 9 Blende vorne Screen front
X5:6 013 11 Blende vorne Screen front
X5:7 013 15 Blende vorne Screen front
X5:8 013 17 Blende vorne Screen front
X6:10 008 18 Wassertank links Water tank lh.
X6:11 008 9 WASSERTANK LINKS Water tank lh.
X6:11 008 18 Wassertank links Water tank lh.
X7:20 008 19 Wassertank rechts Water tank rh.
X7:21 008 10 WASSERTANK RECHTS Water tank rh.
X7:21 008 19 Wassertank rechts Water tank rh.
X8:1 006 15 Armaturenpult Instrument board
X8:2 006 12 Armaturenpult Instrument board
X8:3 006 12 Armaturenpult Instrument board
X9:2 006 4 Armaturenpult Instrument board
X9:2 007 19 Armaturenpult Instrument board
X9:3 006 6 Armaturenpult Instrument board
X9:3 007 18 Armaturenpult Instrument board
X9:4 006 3 Armaturenpult Instrument board
X9:4 007 18 Armaturenpult Instrument board
XS 002 11 Steckdose Socket
XS 002 12 Steckdose Socket
XS 015 3 Steckdose Socket 15A
X10:1 007 18 Armaturenpult Instrument board
X10:1 007 19 Armaturenpult Instrument board
X10:2 007 16 Armaturenpult Instrument board
X10:2 007 16 Armaturenpult Instrument board
X10:3 007 15 Armaturenpult Instrument board
component listing

X10:3 007 15 Armaturenpult Instrument board

X11:1−4 018 8 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
Bauteilliste

X11:A 002 15 HUBMAGNET Shut off solenoid

X11:B 002 15 HUBMAGNET Shut off solenoid
X11:C 002 15 HUBMAGNET Shut off solenoid
X12:1 009 12 Magnetkuppl. Klimager Magnetic clutch, air conditioning
X13:1 012 11 STÜTZE VORNE RECHTS Support front rh.
X13:1 012 14 STÜTZE VORNE RECHTS Support front rh.
X13:2 012 12 STÜTZE VORNE RECHTS Support front rh.
X13:2 012 14 STÜTZE VORNE RECHTS Support front rh.
X13:3 012 11 STÜTZE VORNE RECHTS Support front rh.
X13:3 012 15 STÜTZE VORNE RECHTS Support front rh.
X14:1 009 9 Trockner Klimagerät Dryer, air conditioning
X14:2 009 9 Trockner Klimagerät Dryer, air conditioning
X15:1 006 8 Sitzkonsole Seating unit
X15:1 019 10
X15:1−39 019 9 SITZKONSOLE Seating unit
X15:2 007 2 Sitzkonsole Seating unit
X15:3 007 3 Sitzkonsole Seating unit
X15:4 005 10 Sitzkonsole Seating unit
X15:5 006 4 Sitzkonsole Seating unit
X15:6 004 2 Sitzkonsole Seating unit
X15:7 004 2 Sitzkonsole Seating unit
X15:8 002 14 SITZKONSOLE Seating unit
X15:9 002 14 SITZKONSOLE Seating unit
X15:10 002 15 SITZKONSOLE Seating unit
X15:11 002 15 SITZKONSOLE Seating unit
X15:12 004 5 SITZKONSOLE Seating unit
X15:13 004 5 SITZKONSOLE Seating unit
X15:14 004 6 SITZKONSOLE Seating unit
X15:15 004 6 SITZKONSOLE Seating unit
X15:16 006 17 Sitzkonsole Seating unit
X15:17 006 17 Sitzkonsole Seating unit
X15:18 006 17 Sitzkonsole Seating unit
X15:19 006 17 Sitzkonsole Seating unit
X15:20 006 17 Sitzkonsole Seating unit
X15:21 006 17 Sitzkonsole Seating unit
X15:22 006 20 Sitzkonsole Seating unit
X15:22 019 15
11

X15:23 007 8 Sitzkonsole Seating unit

X15:24 007 8 Sitzkonsole Seating unit
X15:25 007 8 Sitzkonsole Seating unit
X15:26 002 19 SITZKONSOLE Seating unit
X15:26 003 6 Sitzkonsole Seating unit
14

X15:26 007 7 Sitzkonsole Seating unit

X15:27 007 7 Sitzkonsole Seating unit
X15:28 010 4 Sitzkonsole Seating unit
X15:29 010 3 Sitzkonsole Seating unit
870 100 14

X15:30 010 4 Sitzkonsole Seating unit

X15:31 006 10 Sitzkonsole Seating unit
X15:31 019 17
X15:32 006 8 Sitzkonsole Seating unit
X15:33 006 9 Sitzkonsole Seating unit
111

X15:34 003 7 Sitzkonsole Seating unit

X15:35 007 16 Sitzkonsole Seating unit
X15:35 019 18
Name Bl. Pf. Benennung title TYP
X15:36 007 13 Sitzkonsole Seating unit
X15:37 007 13 Sitzkonsole Seating unit
X15:38 007 10 Sitzkonsole Seating unit
X15:39 007 10 Sitzkonsole Seating unit
X15:39 019 19
X16:1 010 3 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X16:1−6 018 9 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X16:2 010 4 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X16:3 010 9 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X16:4 010 3 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X16:5 010 4 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X16:6 010 9 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X17:1 008 3 Armaturenpult Instrument board
X17:2 008 3 Armaturenpult Instrument board
Kneip
3. 9. 1

X17:3 008 4 Armaturenpult Instrument board

X18:1 005 1 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X18:1−4 018 10 ELEKTROKASTEN Cross−bonding box
X18:2 005 3 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X18:3 005 3 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X18:4 005 3 Elektrokasten Cross−bonding box
X19:1 006 18 Lenkkonsole Steering box
X19:2 006 18 Lenkkonsole Steering box
X19:3 006 18 Lenkkonsole Steering box
X19:4 006 20 Lenkkonsole Steering box
X20:1 006 18 Lenkkonsole Steering box
X20:2 006 18 Lenkkonsole Steering box
X20:3 006 18 Lenkkonsole Steering box
X20:4 006 20 Lenkkonsole Steering box
X21:1 002 17 KRAFTSTOFFMAGNET Solemoid valve,fuel switch off
X22:W 002 3 GENERATOR Generator
X22:W 002 4 GENERATOR Generator
X22:D+ 002 4 GENERATOR Generator
X22:IG 002 3 GENERATOR Generator
X23:1 009 8 KLIMAGERAET Air conditioning
X23:2 009 8 KLIMAGERAET Air conditioning
X23:3 009 11 KLIMAGERAET Air conditioning
X23:4 009 9 KLIMAGERAET Air conditioning
X23:5 009 8 KLIMAGERAET Air conditioning
X23:5 009 11 KLIMAGERAET Air conditioning
X24:1 012 12 Bandagenmotor v.r. Drum drive motor, front rh.
X24:3 012 11 Bandagenmotor v.r. Drum drive motor, front rh.
X24:4 012 11 Bandagenmotor v.r. Drum drive motor, front rh.
X24:BL 012 14 Bandagenmotor v.r. Drum drive motor, front rh.
component listing

X24:BR 012 14 Bandagenmotor v.r. Drum drive motor, front rh.

X24:SW 012 15 Bandagenmotor v.r. Drum drive motor, front rh.
Bauteilliste

X25:1 003 13 Ausgleichsbehälter Tank, cooling water

X25:2 003 13 Ausgleichsbehälter Tank, cooling water
X25:3 003 13 Ausgleichsbehälter Tank, cooling water
X26:1 009 13 KLIMAKONDENSATOR Air conditioning, evaporator
X26:2 009 13 KLIMAKONDENSATOR Air conditioning, evaporator
X27:1 009 14 KLIMAKONDENSATOR Air conditioning, evaporator
X27:2 009 14 KLIMAKONDENSATOR Air conditioning, evaporator
X28:1 005 2 STÜTZE VORNE RECHTS Support front rh.
X28:2 005 2 STÜTZE VORNE RECHTS Support front rh.
X28:3 005 3 STÜTZE VORNE RECHTS Support front rh.
X28:4 005 3 STÜTZE VORNE RECHTS Support front rh.
X29:1 003 1 MOTOR Engine
X29:2 003 1 MOTOR Engine
X29:3 003 2 MOTOR Engine
X30:1 007 8 BLENDE VORNE Screen front
X30:2 007 8 BLENDE VORNE Screen front
X31:1 007 8 BLENDE HINTEN Screen rear
X31:2 007 8 BLENDE HINTEN Screen rear
X33:1 009 13 KABINE Cabin
X33:2 009 13 KABINE Cabin
X33:3 009 14 KABINE Cabin
X33:4 009 14 KABINE Cabin
X33:5 009 9 KABINE Cabin
X33:6 009 9 KABINE Cabin
X43:1 015 10 Kabine cabin
X43:2 015 10 Kabine cabin
X43:3 015 10 Kabine cabin
X44:31 015 12 Kabine cabin
X44:53 015 11 Kabine cabin
X44:31b 015 12 Kabine cabin
X44:53a 015 12 Kabine cabin
X45:1 015 10 Kabine cabin
X45:2 015 10 Kabine cabin
X45:3 015 10 Kabine cabin
X46:31 015 14 Kabine cabin
X46:53 015 14 Kabine cabin
X46:31b 015 15 Kabine cabin
12

X46:53a 015 14 Kabine cabin

X47:1 015 15 Kabine cabin
X47:2 015 15 Kabine cabin
X48:1 015 3 Kabine cabin
X48:2 015 3 Kabine cabin
14

X49:A 015 2 FAHRERSTAND Operators platform

X49:B 015 4 FAHRERSTAND Operators platform
X50:1 009 18 Kabine cabin
X50:2 009 18 Kabine cabin
870 100 14

X50:A 015 2 FAHRERSTAND Operators platform

X50:B 015 4 FAHRERSTAND Operators platform
X50:C 015 4 FAHRERSTAND Operators platform
X52:1 015 13 Kabine cabin
X52:2 015 13 Kabine cabin
112

X57:1 013 1 Steckdose Splittstreu Socket, chip spreader

X57:2 013 2 Steckdose Splittstreu Socket, chip spreader
X58:1 013 1 Stecker Splittstreuer Connector,chip spreader
Name Bl. Pf. Benennung title TYP
X58:2 013 2 Stecker Splittstreuer Connector,chip spreader
X59:1 010 13 STECKDOSE SPLITTSTREU Socket, chip spreader
X59:1 011 10 STECKDOSE SPLITTSTREU Socket, chip spreader
X59:2 010 14 STECKDOSE SPLITTSTREU Socket, chip spreader
X59:2 011 11 STECKDOSE SPLITTSTREU Socket, chip spreader
X60:1 010 13 STECKER SPLITTSTREUER Connector, chip spreader
X60:1 011 10 STECKER SPLITTSTREUER Connector, chip spreader
X60:2 010 14 STECKER SPLITTSTREUER Connector, chip spreader
X60:2 011 11 STECKER SPLITTSTREUER Connector, chip spreader
X70:1 014 7 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:1−72 018 14 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:2 014 14 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:3 014 8 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:4 014 2 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
Kneip
3. 9. 1

X70:5 014 2 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic

X70:6 014 6 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:7 014 10 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:8 014 13 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:9 014 6 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:10 014 8 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:11 014 2 ELEKRTOKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:12 014 3 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:13 014 5 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:14 014 7 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:15 014 7 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:16 014 5 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:17 014 4 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:18 014 6 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:19 014 11 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:20 014 13 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:21 014 5 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:22 014 6 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:23 014 8 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:23 014 19 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:24 014 3 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:25 014 7 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:27 014 11 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:28 014 11 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:29 014 15 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:30 014 16 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:31 014 17 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:32 014 18 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:33 014 6 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
component listing

X70:34 014 19 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic

X70:35 014 15 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
Bauteilliste

X70:36 014 2 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic

X70:37 014 3 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:38 014 1 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:51 014 15 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:52 014 15 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:52 014 19 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:53 014 16 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:54 014 16 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:54 014 20 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:55 014 17 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:56 014 17 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:56 014 19 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:57 014 18 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:58 014 1 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:58 014 18 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:59 014 11 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:60 014 11 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:61 014 11 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:62 014 11 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:63 014 13 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:64 014 12 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:65 014 12 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:66 014 13 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:67 014 9 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:68 014 10 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X70:69 014 10 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X71:1 014 6 AMPLITUTENVERSTELLUNG Amplitude adjustment
X71:2 014 6 AMPLITUTENVERSTELLUNG Amplitude adjustment
X71:3 014 6 AMPLITUTENVERSTELLUNG Amplitude adjustment
X72:1 014 14 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X72:2 014 4 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X72:3 014 4 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X72:4 014 2 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X72:5 014 2 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X72:6 014 14 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X72:7 014 1 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X72:8 014 10 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
13

X72:9 014 11 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic

X72:10 014 13 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X72:11 014 2 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X72:12 014 3 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X72:13 014 3 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
14

X72:14 014 16 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic

X72:15 014 16 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X72:16 014 17 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
X72:17 014 18 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic
870 100 14

X72:19 014 14 ELEKTROKASTEN VARIOMA Cross−bonding box, variomatic

X73:1 014 9 Armaturenpult Instrument board
X73:2 014 8 Armaturenpult Instrument board
X73:3 014 8 Armaturenpult Instrument board
X78:1 014 9 STÜTZE RECHTS Support rh.
113

X78:2 014 10 STÜTZE RECHTS Support rh.

X78:3 014 10 STÜTZE RECHTS Support rh.
X79:1 014 13 STÜTZE RECHTS Support rh.
Name Bl. Pf. Benennung title TYP
X79:2 014 12 STÜTZE RECHTS Support rh.
X79:3 014 12 STÜTZE RECHTS Support rh.
X79:4 014 13 STÜTZE RECHTS Support rh.
X80:1 014 11 STÜTZE LINKS Support lh.
X80:2 014 11 STÜTZE LINKS Support lh.
X80:3 014 11 STÜTZE LINKS Support lh.
X80:4 014 11 STÜTZE LINKS Support lh.
X88:1 014 4 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
X88:1−68 018 17 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
X88:1−68 019 6 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
X88:2 014 13 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
X88:3 014 8 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
X88:4 014 2 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
X88:5 014 2 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
Kneip
3. 9. 1

X88:6 014 3 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic

X88:7 014 6 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
X88:8 014 8 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
X88:9 014 10 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
X88:12 014 13 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
X88:13 014 6 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
X88:15 014 2 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
X88:16 014 3 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
X88:23 014 5 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
X88:24 014 7 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
X88:25 014 7 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
X88:26 014 5 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
X88:27 014 4 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
X88:28 014 6 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
X88:29 014 11 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
X88:30 014 13 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
X88:36 014 5 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
X88:37 014 6 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
X88:46 014 8 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
X88:47 014 3 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
X88:54 014 7 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
X88:55 014 1 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
X88:56 014 11 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
X88:57 014 11 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
X88:58 014 11 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
X88:59 014 12 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
X88:60 014 12 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
X88:61 014 8 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
X88:62 014 9 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
component listing

X88:63 014 9 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic

X88:64 014 9 ELEKTRONIK VARIOMATIC Electronic variomatic
Bauteilliste

Y04 004 5 Magnetventil Bremse Solenoid valve, brake 1,8A

Y06 008 6 Magnetventil Berieselung Solenoid valve, sprinkler system 1,9A
Y13 002 15 Hubmagnet Motor Shut off solenoid, engine 1,1A/55A
Y14 009 18 Kraftstoffpumpe Heizgeraet Fuel pump, heating unit 2A
Y15 009 12 Magnetkupplung Klimakompressor Magnetic clutch, air conditioning compr. MAX. 3,5A
Y16 007 10 Magnetventil Fahrtrichtung vorwaerts Solenoid valve, travel direction forw. 0,4−1,2A
Y17 007 11 Magnetventil Fahrtrichtung rueckwaerts Solenoid valve, travel direction backw. 0,4−1,2A
Y20 010 3 Magnetventil Kantenschneidgeraet Solenoid valve, egde cutter 1,5A
Y20 010 6 Magnetventil Kantenschneidgeraet Solenoid valve, egde cutter 1,5A
Y21 010 4 Magnetventil Kantenschneidgeraet Solenoid valve, egde cutter 1,5A
Y21 010 7 Magnetventil Kantenschneidgeraet Solenoid valve, egde cutter 1,5A
Y35 006 15 Magnetventil Lenkung hinten rechts Solenoid valve, steering, rear rh. 0,4−1,6A.
Y36 006 14 Magnetventil Lenkung hinten links Solenoid valve, steering, rear lh. 0,4−1,6A
Y54 005 13 Magnetventil Vibration vorne Solenoid valve, vibration front 3A
Y55 005 12 Magnetventil Vibration hinten Solenoid valve, vibration rear 3A
Y56 005 4 Vibration klein Vibration low 2,1A
Y57 005 7 Vibration gross Vibration high 2,1A
Y58 002 17 Magnetventil Kraftstoffabschaltung Solenoid valve, fuel switch off 1,5A
Y66 010 19 Magnetventil Hydromotor Solenoid valve, hydraulic motor 1,5A
Y66 011 8 Magnetventil Hydromotor Solenoid valve, hydraulic motor 1,5A
Y67 010 18 Magnetventil Verstellzylinder Solenoid valve, ajustable zylinder 1,5A
Y67 011 12 Magnetventil Verstellzylinder Solenoid valve, ajustable zylinder 1,5A
Y92 006 13 Magnetventil Lenkung vorne rechts Solenoid valve, steering, front rh. 0,4−1,6A
Y93 006 12 Magnetventil Lenkung vorne links Solenoid valve, steering, front lh. 0,4−1,6A
Y97 005 17 Magnetventil Vibrationsfrequenz, vorne Solenoid valve, vibrat.freq.,front 1,5A
Y99 010 9 Magnetventil Berieselung Kantenschneidgeraet So.valve,sprinkler.sys.edge cutter 1,5A
Y99 010 10 Magnetventil Berieselung Kantenschneidgeraet So.valve,sprinkler.sys.edge cutter 1,5A
Y120 009 4 Magnetventil Motordrehzahl hoch Solenoid valve, rpm engine high 70A/2A
Y125 014 15 Einlassventil 1 Intake valve 1 1,26A
Y126 014 17 Einlassventil 3 Intake valve 3 1,26A
Y127 014 18 Auslassventil 2 Exhaust valve 2 1,26A
Y128 014 16 Auslassventil 4 Exhaust valve 4 1,26A
Y129 004 20 Magnetventil Luftklappe Air shut off valve 5,5A
Y131 010 17 Magnetventil Verstellzylinder Solenoid valve, ajustable zylinder 1,5A
Y131 011 9 Magnetventil Verstellzylinder Solenoid valve, ajustable zylinder 1,5A
14
14
870 100 14
114